Operacion y Mantenimiento Wb146-5 (Usa) SN A23001-Up

CEAM016604
Operation & Maintenance

Manual
WB146-5
WB146PS-5
BACKHOE LOADER
WB146-5 A23001 and UP

SERIAL NUMBERS
WB146PS-5 A43001 and UP
This material is proprietary to Komatsu America Corp. and is not to be reproduced, used, or disclosed except in accordance
with written authorization from Komatsu America Corp.
It is our policy to improve our products whenever it is possible and practical to do so. We reserve the right to make changes or
add improvements at any time without incurring any obligation to install such changes on products sold previously.
Due to this continuous program of research and development, periodic revisions may be made to this publication. It is
recommended that customers contact their distributor for information on the latest revision.
July 2010 Copyright 2010 Komatsu

Published in USA
Komatsu America Corp.
INTRODUCTION 0
WB146/146PS-5 0-1
INTRODUCTION
FOREWORD
This manual describes procedures for operation, handling, lubrication, maintenance, checking, and adjustment. It will help the
operator and maintenance personnel achieve peak performance through effective, economical, and safe machine operation and
maintenance.
Komatsu cannot predict every circumstance that might involve a potential hazard when the machine is used. The safety mes-
sages in this manual and on the machine may not include all possible safety precautions. If you carry out any operation,
inspection, or maintenance under conditions that are not described in this manual, understand that it is your responsibility to
take the necessary precautions to ensure safety. In no event should you or others engage in the prohibited uses or actions
described in this manual. Improper operation and maintenance of the machine can be hazardous and could result in serious
injury or death.
Store this manual in the pocket at the rear of the operator’s seat and have all personnel read it periodically. If this manual is
lost, damaged or becomes dirty and cannot be read, request a replacement manual from your local distributor.
If you sell the machine, give this manual to the new owner.
Continuing improvements in the design of this machine can lead to changes which may not be reflected in this manual. The
explanation, values and illustrations in this manual have been prepared based on the latest information available at the date of
its publication. Consult your local KOMATSU distributor for the latest available information on your machine or for questions
regarding information in this manual.
This manual may contain attachments and optional equipment that are not available in your area. Consult your local
KOMATSU distributor for those items that you may require.
The numbers in illustrations correspond to the numbers in (_) in the text, i.e., (1) ➞ ➀.
Improper operation and maintenance of this machine can be hazardous and could result in serious injury or death.
• Operators and maintenance personnel must read this manual thoroughly before operating or maintaining this
machine.
• This manual should be kept near or with the machine for reference and periodically reviewed by all personnel who
operate it.
• Some actions involved in operation and maintenance can cause a serious accident if they are not performed in
the manner described in this manual.
• The procedures and precautions given in this manual apply only to the intended uses of this machine. If you use
your machine for any unintended uses that are not specifically prohibited, you must be sure that it is safe for you
and others. In no event should you or others engage in prohibited uses or actions described in this manual.
• KOMATSU delivers machines that comply with all applicable regulations and standards of the country to which it
has been shipped. If this machine has been purchased in another country or purchased from someone in another
country, it may lack certain safety features and specifications that are necessary for use in your country. If there is
any question about whether your product complies with the applicable standards and regulations of your country,
consult your local distributor or KOMATSU before operating the machine.
• The safety description is given in “SAFETY INFORMATION” on page 0-3 and in the SAFETY section 1.
0-2 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
SAFETY INFORMATION
Most accidents are caused by the failure to follow fundamental safety rules for the operation and maintenance of machines. To
avoid accidents, read, understand and follow all precautions and warnings in this manual and on the machine before perform-
ing maintenance and machine operations. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death.
The following signal words are used to inform you that there is a potentially hazardous situation that may lead to personal
injury or damage. In this manual and on machine labels, different signal words are used to express the potential level of haz-
ard.
The Safety Alert Symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, in manuals, and elsewhere. When you see this
symbol, be alert to the risk of personal injury or death. Follow the instructions in the safety message.
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury. This signal word is to be limited to most extreme situations.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
Remark
This word is used for precautions that must be taken to avoid actions which could shorten the life of the
machine. It is also used to indicate information that is useful to know.
Safety precautions are described in SAFETY section 1.
KOMATSU AMERICA CORP. cannot predict every circumstance that might involve a potential hazard in operation and
maintenance. Therefore the safety message in this manual and on the machine may not include all possible safety precautions.
If any procedures or actions not specifically recommended or allowed in this manual are used, you must be sure that you and
others can do such procedures and actions safely and without damaging the machine. If you are unsure about the safety of
some procedures, contact your local distributor or KOMATSU AMERICA CORP.
WB146/146PS-5 0-3
INTRODUCTION
Safety Labels
Safety labels are affixed to the machine to inform the operator or maintenance worker of possible hazards when operating or
maintaining the machine.
This machine uses "safety labels using words" and "safety labels using pictograms" to indicate safety procedures.
Example of safety label using words
Example of safety label using pictogram

Safety pictograms use a picture to express a level of hazardous condi-
tion equivalent to the signal word. These safety pictograms use pictures
to let the operator or maintenance worker understand the level and type
of hazardous condition at all times. Safety pictograms show the type of
hazardous condition at the top or left side, and the method of avoiding
the hazardous condition at the bottom or right side. In addition, the type
of hazard is displayed inside a triangle and the method of avoiding the
hazardous condition is shown inside a circle.
0-4 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
APPROVED AND NON-APPROVED USES
The Komatsu BACKHOE LOADERS described in this manual have been designed and constructed to be used mainly for the
following functions. Any non-approved functions may void the warranty, damage the machine, or possibly injure the operator.
Approved Functions
• Loading, scraping, or grading operations
• Excavating
Installation of optional equipment can also be used in the following applications. Use only Komatsu-compatible equipment.
• Handling materials (4-in-1 bucket - pallet forks)
• Snow plowing (angle dozer blade - snowplow)
• Demolition (hand hammer - hammer on backhoe unit)
• Ditch cleaning and digging (special buckets)
Non-approved Functions
This paragraph describes some of the improper or unauthorized uses of the machine. It is impossible to predict all the possible
improper uses. If the machine is to be used for any particular application other than those listed in the Approved Function list,
it is important to contact your authorized Komatsu distributor before carrying out the work operations.
• Use of machine for lifting or transporting personnel in any manner
• Transportation of flammable liquids
• Lifting, moving, or transporting other machines with the front end loader or backhoe unit
• Towing other equipment with the tractor unit or work equipment
• Using the backhoe unit to move or reposition the machine
• Using the backhoe or loader as a hammer or for striking or driving objects
• Towing the machine at high speeds
• Traveling at high speeds
WB146/146PS-5 0-5
INTRODUCTION
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Komatsu backhoe loader and main components are identified by serial numbers stamped on identification plates or decals
attached to the machine or component.
Main Features
• Simple and easy operation
• Power-assisted steering with priority hydraulic system
• Loader control through a single lever ensures combined movements that can be modulated proportionally and continually
• PPC backhoe control with two levers ensure combined movements that can be modulated proportionally and continually
• Complete series of instruments visible from the two operating positions (loader or backhoe)
• Separate engine throttle controls for the two operating positions
• Foot brake control
• Easy maintenance with simplified intervals
Breaking-in the New Machine

Every new machine is properly adjusted and tested before delivery. A new machine must be operated carefully for the first
100 hours in order to ensure proper running-in time for the various components. If the machine is subjected to excessive or
severe work loads at the beginning of operation, functions will be greatly reduced or damaged. Every new machine must be
used carefully, paying special attention to the following indications:
• After start-up, let the engine idle at a low rpm for five minutes to warm up the machine gradually before beginning actual
operation.
• Operate the machine with limited loads.
• Avoid abrupt starts, accelerations, sudden decelerations, abrupt reversals, or sudden stops.
• After the first 250 hours, carry out the following maintenance in addition to normal maintenance performed at 250 hours:
A. Change the hydraulic transmission oil and filter.
B. Change the differential unit oil (front and rear axle).
C. Change the oil in the final reduction gears (front and rear axle).
D. Check and adjust the engine valve clearance.
E. Change the hydraulic system oil filter.
Synthetic Biodegradable Oil Types

On machines in which synthetic biodegradable oils are used, the following operations are to be performed in addition to the
standard maintenance operations:
• After the first 50 hours of operation, change the hydraulic system filter.
• After the first 500 hours of operation, change the hydraulic system oil and filter.
0-6 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
The serial numbers and model numbers on the components are the only numbers that your distributor will need when you
require assistance or order replacement parts. It is a good idea to record this information in this manual. See “SERIAL NUM-
BERS AND DISTRIBUTOR INFORMATION” on page 0-10. All views indicated below are viewed from the operator’s posi-
tion.
Machine Serial Number

The machine serial number is stamped on the right side of the front part
of the main tractor frame.
Machine Identification Plate

The identification plate is located inside the operator’s cab on the left
vertical wall of the frame, behind the brake pedals.
WB146/146PS-5 0-7
INTRODUCTION
Engine Serial Number and Emission Label

The engine serial number is stamped on a plate located on the left, front
side of the engine gear cover.
The emission label is located on the left side also.
Front Axle Serial Number

The front axle serial number is stamped on a plate located on the right,
rear side of the axle housing.
Rear Axle Serial Number

The rear axle serial number is stamped on a plate located inside the axle
housing, on the right side.
0-8 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
Transmission Serial Number

The transmission serial number is stamped on a plate located on the left
side of the transmission case.
Cab Serial Number

The cab serial number is stamped on a plate located on the right, front
pillar.
Canopy Serial Number

The canopy serial number is stamped on the plate located on the inside, upper right corner.
WB146/146PS-5 0-9
INTRODUCTION
SERIAL NUMBERS AND DISTRIBUTOR INFORMATION
MODEL: WB146-5 or WB146PS-5
Machine serial No.
Engine serial No.
Product identification number (PIN)
Front axle serial No.
Rear axle serial No.
Transmission serial No.
Cab or Canopy serial No.
Distributor name
Address
Service Personnel
Phone/Fax
0-10 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2
SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3
Safety Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4
APPROVED AND NON-APPROVED USES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Approved Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Non-approved Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
PRODUCT INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
Main Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
Breaking-in the New Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
Synthetic Biodegradable Oil Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7
Machine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7
Machine Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7
Engine Serial Number and Emission Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8
Front Axle Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8
Rear Axle Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8
Transmission Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
Cab Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
Canopy Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
SERIAL NUMBERS AND DISTRIBUTOR INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-11
SAFETY
SAFETY AND WARNING DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Location of Safety Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Safety and Warning Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
GENERAL SAFETY RULES AND PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
General Safety Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
If Abnormalities are Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Safety at Job Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Safety Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Clothing and Personal Protective Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Keep Machine Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Fire and Explosion Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Fire Caused by Fuel, Oil, Antifreeze, or Window Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Fire Caused by Accumulation of Flammable Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Fire Caused by Electric Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Fire Caused by Hydraulic Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Explosion Caused by Lighting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Action if Fire Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Asbestos Hazard Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Keep Operator's Cab Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Room Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Burn Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
WB146/146PS-5 0-11
INTRODUCTION
Hot Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Hot Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
PRECAUTIONS FOR OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Seat Belt Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Leaving the Operator’s Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Mounting and Dismounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Checking the Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Crush or Pinch Point Dangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Fire Extinguisher and First Aid Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Inside Operator’s Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Cleaning Windows, Mirrors and Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Checking the Windshield Wiper Blades and Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Precautions When Using ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Unauthorized Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Precautions for Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Quick Coupler Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Large Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE STARTING OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Hand Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Pre-operational Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Starting Your Work Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Work Site Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Working on Loose or Unstable Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Precautions to be Taken When Using Synthetic Biodegradable Oil (HEES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Avoid Dangerous Situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Working Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
High Voltage Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
RULES FOR ROAD TRAVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Travel Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Rules for Traveling in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Traveling on Snow or Frozen Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Traveling on Slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Traveling on Loose or Unstable Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33
Parking the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
PRECAUTIONS DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Warning Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Equipment Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Working Under the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Using Drop Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Keeping the Machine Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Running the Machine During Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Rules for Refueling the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Cooling System Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Battery Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
Using Booster Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Starting the Machine with Booster Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
High-Pressure Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
0-12 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
Safety Handling of High-pressure Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Precaution for High Fuel Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
High-Temperature Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Rotating Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
Disposal of Waste Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
Inflating Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Critical Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
OPERATION
GENERAL VIEW OF MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Front View of Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Rear View of Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
OPERATION CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
In the Cab (Joystick Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Steering Column Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Directional Control Switch (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Speed Selector Switch (PS Model Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Multifunctional Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Front Instrument Panel and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Side Instrument and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Cab Switches and Electric Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Front Work Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Rear Work Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Rear Windshield Wiper Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Rear Windshield Washer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Overhead Lamp (Dome) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Power Outlet Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Front End Loader Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Loader Declutch Control Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Multipurpose Bucket Open Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Differential Lock Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Multipurpose Bucket Close Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Front Loader Speed Control Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Kick Down Button (Power Shift Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Gear Shift Lever Controls (Power Shuttle Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Declutch Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Changing Speed Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
PS Model Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Directional Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Brakes, Parking Brake, Accelerator, and Throttle Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Brake Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Accelerator Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Hand Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
CAB ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Heating and Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
WB146/146PS-5 0-13
INTRODUCTION
Air Conditioning (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Heating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Seat and Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Safety Equipment and Storage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Fire Extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
First Aid Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Document Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Storage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
CAB AND GUARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Doors and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Driver’s Overhead Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Engine Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Switches and Extra Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Battery Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Adapter for Radio (if provided) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Fuse and Relay Panel Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Fuse and Relay Panel Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Heating and Air Conditioning Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
OPERATING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Checking the Fuel Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Starting the Engine in Cold Weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Warming Up the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Shutting Down the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
OPERATING THE FRONT END LOADER AND BACKHOE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Pre-operational Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Perform a Walk Around Check of Your Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Under the Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
In the Operator’s Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Start-up Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
STARTING YOUR WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Avoid Dangerous Situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Working Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
High Voltage Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Operating the Front End Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Control Lever Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Multipurpose Bucket Opening Push Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Multipurpose Bucket Close Push Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52
Performing Loading Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
0-14 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
Bucket Position Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Organizing Your Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Loading Heaped Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Loading a Truck Bed or Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Working on Slopes with a Loaded Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Changing the Front Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Operating the Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
PPC Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Adjusting the Backhoe Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57
Adjusting Joystick Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Adjusting Wrist Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Adjusting Stow Position (Cab Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Unlocking the Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Pattern Change Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
ISO Backhoe Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Komatsu Backhoe Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Positioning the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Digging Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Changing the Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Adjusting the Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
SAFETY LOCK USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Front End Loader Cylinder Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67
Backhoe Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
TRAVELING WITH THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
Traveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
Traveling on Slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Traveling or Working in Swampy or Wet Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
PARKING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Parking for Short Periods of Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Parking for Long Periods of Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Parking on an Incline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
Loading and Securing the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
LIFTING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
LIFTING POSITION MARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
LIFTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
EMERGENCY RECOVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
How to Move the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
PRECAUTIONS DURING SEASONAL CHANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Cold Seasons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Fuel and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81
Warm Seasons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83
Starting the Engine with Booster Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
WB146/146PS-5 0-15
INTRODUCTION
Accessing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
Connecting the Booster Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
Disconnecting the Booster Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
Electrical Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Braking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Maintenance Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Engine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Hydraulic System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Carrying Out KOWA (Komatsu Oil Wear Analysis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
KOWA Analysis Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Electrical System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
WEAR PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
FUEL, COOLANT, AND LUBRICANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Proper Selection According to the Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
APPROVED SYNTHETIC LUBRICANTS (HEES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
LUBRICATION DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
General View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Multipurpose Bucket and Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Telescopic Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Torque List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Torque of Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Torque of Hose Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Torque of Split Flange Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Torque for Flared Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Torque for O-Ring Boss Piping Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Torque for O-Ring Boss Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Torque for Hoses (Taper Seal Type and Face Seal Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
PERIODIC REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
SAFETY CRITICAL PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Fuel Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Delivery / Return Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Delivery / Return Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Seat Belt System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
0-16 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
Maintenance Schedule Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Initial 50 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Initial 250 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Initial 500 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
When Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Cleaning or Changing Engine Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Checking and Cleaning Cab Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Cleaning Air Recirculation Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Checking the Level in Windshield Washer Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Checking Windshield Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Lubricating Cab Door Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Bleeding Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Checking and Adjusting Front Wheel Toe-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Checking and Adjusting Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Checking and Adjusting Brake Pedal Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Adjusting Automatic Return of Front Bucket to the Digging Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Checks Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Various Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Checking Fuel Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Checking Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Checking Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Checking Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Draining Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Every 10 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Lubricating Joints (Grease Fittings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Joint Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Every 50 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Checking Radiator Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Checking Brake System Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Lubricating Drive Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Lubricating Front Axle Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Checking Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Every 250 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Checking Serpentine Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Checking A/C Compressor Belt Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Cleaning Outside of Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Checking Battery Electrolyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Checking Front Axle Oil Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Checking Rear Axle Oil Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Checking Wheel Lug Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Every 500 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Changing Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Changing Engine Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Changing Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Changing Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Draining Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Draining Hydraulic Oil Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Every 1000 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
WB146/146PS-5 0-17
INTRODUCTION
Changing Front Axle Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Changing the Rear Axle Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Changing Transmission Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Changing Transmission Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Checking and Adjusting Engine Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Every 2000 Hours Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Changing Hydraulic System Oil and
Cleaning Suction Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Changing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Changing Brake System Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Checking the Alternator and the Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Changing the Alternator Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Checking the A/C Cooling Gas Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
MAINTENANCE WHEN USING DEMOLITION HAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Changing Hydraulic Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Changing Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
LONG TERM STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Before Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
During Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
After Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Machine Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Standard Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Retracted Telescopic Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Extended Telescopic Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
MACHINE SYSTEMS SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Service Refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Standard Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Total Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Standard Bucket Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
OPTIONS, ATTACHMENTS
AUTHORIZED OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Precautions Regarding Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Precautions Regarding the Installation of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Optional Equipment Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Front End Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Backhoe Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
FRONT EQUIPMENT QUICK COUPLING DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Manual Control Quick Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
MULTIPURPOSE BUCKET (4-in-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Bucket Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
0-18 WB146/146PS-5
INTRODUCTION
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Bucket Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Safety Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Using Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Removing Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Installing Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
BACKHOE TELESCOPIC ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Safety Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Using the Telescopic Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Adjusting the Guide Slack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
DEMOLITION HAMMER piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Rules for Hammer Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Always Avoid the Following Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Installing the Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Removing the Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Using the Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
HYDRAULIC JACK HAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Connecting and Removing the Jack Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Connecting the Jack Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Disconnecting the Jack Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Using the Jack Hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
LOAD STABILIZER SYSTEM (LSS) (Ride Control Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Load Stabilizer System (LSS) Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Pressurizing the Load Stabilizer System (LSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
WB146/146PS-5 0-19
INTRODUCTION
MEMORANDUM
0-20 WB146/146PS-5
1SAFETY
Please read and make sure that you fully understand the precautions described in this manual and the safety labels on
the machine. Read and follow all safety precautions. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death.
WB146/146PS-5 1-1
SAFETY
SAFETY AND WARNING DECALS

It is important that all safety and warning decals are in good condition and in their proper locations. If a decal is damaged, cov-
ered, or removed, replace it immediately. It is also important for the operator to be aware of the decal content and location.
To ensure that the content of these safety decals can be read properly, be sure that they are placed correctly and always keep
them clean.
When cleaning any decal, use soap and water. Never use organic solvents or gasoline; these solutions may cause the decals to
peel off.
Your Komatsu distributor can provide new replacement decals if the ones on the machine are damaged or missing.
For part numbers of the safety decals, see this manual or check the actual decal then order the new decals from your Komatsu
distributor.
When replacing damaged or missing decals, be sure that they are placed in the proper location.
Additional safety or warning decals may be added to your machine, if desired.
Location of Safety Decals
Items 1, 2, 5, and 6 are located on the inside of cab on RH center post.
1-2 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
WB146/146PS-5 1-3
SAFETY
Decals (21 and 8) applied on rear frame are on both sides of the swing bracket (two sets of decals).
1-4 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
Safety and Warning Decals

1. Brake pedal connector (42N-93-12330)
WARNING - WHEN TRAVELING ON THE ROAD, THE

BRAKE PEDALS MUST BE CONNECTED BY MEANS OF
THE PEDAL LATCH.
2. Read labels and operator’s manual (42N-93-12248)
WARNING - Improper operation and maintenance can cause seri-

ous injury or death.
Read manual and labels before operation and maintenance. Follow

instructions and warnings in manual and in labels on machine.
Keep manual in machine cab near operator. Contact Komatsu dis-

tributor for a replacement manual.
3. Accumulators (395-93-11330)
4. Work zone (42N-93-11380)

Sign indicates a crush hazard from a falling working device and
keep away when the working device is raised.
WB146/146PS-5 1-5
SAFETY
5. 4-wheel drive (42N-93-12340)
WARNING
-DO NOT ENGAGE 4-WHEEL DRIVE DURING ROAD
TRAVEL
-NE PAS ENGAGER LES 4X4 POUR LE DEPLACEMENT
ROUTIER
6. Block wheels (42N-93-12320)
WARNING
Block wheels to prevent machine movement.
Do not risk serious injury or death.
7. Crush point (42N-93-11220)
8. Anchorage point (42N-93-11360)
1-6 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
9. Rotating parts (42N-93-11370)
10. Emergency exit (42N-93-11260)
11. Engine is running (37A-98-12170)
WARNING
WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING:
1. DO NOT OPEN COVER.

2. KEEP AWAY FROM FAN AND FAN BELT.
DO NOT RISK SERIOUS INJURY.
12. Swing lock (42N-93-11310)
13. Boom lock (42N-93-11320)
WB146/146PS-5 1-7
SAFETY
14. Loader raised red bar lock (42N-93-12130)
DANGER
Before conducting ANY maintenance activi-

ties with the loader raised:
-Dump bucket and raise loader.
-Secure lift cylinder with red lock bar.
-Slowly lower lifting cylinder until lock stops
lifting cylinder movement.
-Move loader control lock to the LOCK
position (in cab).
15. Do not weld ROPS (42N-93-12310)

CAUTION
DO NOT WELD ONTO ROPS STRUCTURE. If any damage is

sustained to ROPS structure, contact your local Komatsu distribu-
tor immediately.
16. Operation warning (42N-93-12270)

WARNING
Before standing up from operator’s seat, perform the following

functions to prevent inadvertent actuation of the levers:
1. LOADER
- Lower loader bucket to the ground.
- Move loader control lock (located beneath loader control) to the
lock position.
2. BACKHOE
- Curl backhoe bucket; move boom and arm in, toward machine
frame, until they stop.
- Move backhoe control lock (located beneath backhoe controls)
to the LOCK position.
3. MACHINE
- Engage parking brake and shut engine down.
Sudden and unwanted machine movement can cause serious injury
or death.
1-8 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
17. Electrocution hazard (42N-93-12280)
DANGER - Electrocution hazard.
Serious injury or death can occur if machine or attachments are not
kept a safe distance away from electrical lines.
Line Voltage Safe Distance

6.6 kV At least 10 ft (3 m)
18. Block wheels (42N-93-12320)

WARNING - Block wheels to prevent machine movement.
WB146/146PS-5 1-9
SAFETY
19. Always use seat belt (42N-93-12250)
WARNING
ALWAYS USE SEAT BELT.

Avoid being crushed -
DO NOT JUMP if machine tips.
20. Before moving machine (42N-93-12290)

WARNING - Before moving machine or its attachments:
* Honk horn to alert people near by.
* Be sure no one is on or near machine or in area of operation.
* Use spotter if view is obstructed.
Follow above instructions even if machine is equipped with travel
alarm and mirrors.
21. Crush hazard; keep clear (42N-93-12110)

DANGER - CRUSH HAZARD; KEEP CLEAR
Operate machine from operator’s seat ONLY.
During operations, never place yourself in swing area of machine.
1-10 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
22. Raising window warning (42N-93-12180)
WARNING - When raising window, sit back in operator’s seat and
lock it in place with lock pins on both sides to avoid contact from
unexpected window movement.
Failure to follow instructions can cause injury.
23. Swing damage (42N-93-12490)

CAUTION - To avoid swing damage, do not swing boom into
stabilizers.
24. Coupler - Warning Operation (ME030-0-0230)
★ Not illustrated in location drawings.
WARNING
For operating, the following instructions should be followed.
1. Before driving, the machine should be checked. If there is
anything unusual, stop running the excavator.
2. Confirm that no one is found around the working area.
3.Confirm that the attachment is locked firmly after installing.
(Some foreign material may be found between the claw and the
pin.)
4. Confirm that the locking plate is firmly fixed.
5. Handle with care when removing and installing attachments.
25. Coupler - Warning Interference (ME030-0-0221)
WARNING - Be careful that mounting COUPLER extends the arm

of the attachment which will sometimes interfere with the boom or
the cabin or the cylinder. This adds weight which might cause an
imbalance.
WB146/146PS-5 1-11
SAFETY
26. Coupler - Locking Adjustment (ME030-0-0030)
Not illustrated in location drawings.
FREE - LOCK
27. Coupler - Maintenance and Service (ME030-0-0270)
MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE

1. Confirm that there are no cracks, no creaking joints and no
loosened bolts.
2. A and B should be lubricated every 100 hours.
3. C and D should be lubricated every 500 hours.
4. E should be removed to lubricate its surface every 3 months.
5. F and G should be removed to lubricate their surface so as to
prevent them from rusting.
NOTE: Do not operate in the water. If there is flooding, lubricate

all the pins and clean the machine.
1-12 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
GENERAL SAFETY RULES AND PRECAUTIONS
General Safety Rules

Before operating this machine it is important to study the operator’s manual thoroughly and become familiar with all controls
and safety decals. Keep this manual with your machine at all times for easy and quick reference.
Only trained and authorized personnel are allowed to operate and service this machine.
Follow all safety rules, precautions, and instructions when operating or performing maintenance on the machine.
Safety must always be the operator’s most important concern. Never operate a machine that is unsafe or in poor operating con-
dition.
Always perform a pre-operational check on your machine before operating it.
If your equipment is designed for operation by one person, it is for one person only. Never allow other people to ride on your
machine.
The machine is equipped with a seat belt and rollover protective structure. The operator should remain within the confines of
the rollover protective structure, with the seat belt fastened snugly around their waist, while operating the machine.
Never use your machine for tasks for which it was not designed; damage to the machine or injury to the operator may result.
It is the owner and/or operator’s responsibility to replace any safety or warning decals if they are defaced or removed from the
machine.
Think before you act; study the job carefully. Careful operator and service personnel are the best insurance against accidents.
The operator of this machine must be alert, physically fit, and free from the influences of alcohol, drugs, or medications that
might affect their eyesight, hearing, or reactions.
When working with another person on a work site, or during traffic control, be sure all personnel involved understand all hand
signals that are to be used.
Be sure that all personnel are outside the working radius of the machine before moving or operating the machine. Never allow
anyone to stand near the machine while it is in operation. Remember, the larger the machine, the more restricted is your visibil-
ity.
If pedestrians are in the area, proceed slowly and sound your horn. Keep in mind that pedestrians have the right-of-way, and a
loaded or smaller machine has the right-of-way over an unloaded machine.
Never drive up to anyone standing in your path of travel. Always be sure all personnel are standing to the side when you
approach them and acknowledge your approach.
When leaving a job site for long periods of time, always lower all work equipment to the ground, neutralize work equipment
controls, and lock and secure your machine properly to avoid tampering by other personnel.
Never leave your machine running and unattended. Always park the machine in a level area, lower any work equipment to the
ground, set the parking brake, lock the controls, and turn the engine off before exiting the operator’s compartment.
Follow all rules relating to safety as outlined in this manual and by your company.
If Abnormalities are Found

If you find any abnormality in the machine during operation or maintenance (noise, vibration, smell, incorrect gauges, smoke,
oil leakage, etc., or any abnormal display on the warning devices or monitor), report it to the person in charge to have the nec-
essary action taken. Do not operate the machine until the abnormality has been corrected.
WB146/146PS-5 1-13
SAFETY
Safety at Job Site

• Before starting operations, thoroughly check the area for any unusual conditions that could be dangerous.
• Know where to report an accident or fire. In case of an emergency, have a local emergency phone number available.
• Be careful when operating around or near open burning operations.
• Maintain the fire extinguisher on the machine and a second one at the job site.
• Keep the machine clean, especially from flammable materials such as trash, grease, oil, or fuel.
• Keep all safety equipment in good working condition.
• Check the terrain and condition of the ground at the work site, and determine the safest method of operation.
• Do not operate where there is a hazard of landslides or falling rocks.
• If water lines, gas lines, or high-voltage electrical lines may be buried under the work site, contact each utility company
and have them identify the location of the lines.
• Take action to prevent unauthorized people from approaching the job site.
• When working on public roads, position flagmen and erect barriers to ensure the safety of passing traffic and pedestrians.
• When traveling or operating in shallow water or on soft ground, check the shape and condition of the bedrock, and the
depth and speed of flow of the water before starting operations.
• Conduct periodic safety training and familiarize all personnel with emergency procedures.
Safety Features
• Be sure that all guards, covers and mirrors are in their proper place, especially after servicing the machine.
• Have guards or covers repaired immediately if they are damaged. See “Pre-operational Checks” on page 2-45.
• Use safety equipment such as safety locks and seat belt properly.
• Never remove any safety features. Always keep them in good operating condition.
• Always secure the machine in a safe position; see “PARKING THE MACHINE” on page 2-73.
• For seat belt information, see “Seat Belt Inspection” on page 1-19.
• Improper use of safety features could result in serious bodily injury or death.
• Be sure the machine has the correct equipment required by local rules and regulations.
Clothing and Personal Protective Equipment

Use all safety equipment provided with your machine when operating
your machine.
• Do not wear loose clothing and accessories. There is a hazard that
they may catch on control levers or other protruding parts.
• Always wear a hard hat and safety shoes. If the nature of the work
requires it, wear safety glasses, mask, gloves, ear plugs, and safety
belt when operating or maintaining the machine.
• Always wear safety goggles, hard hat and heavy gloves, if your job
involves driving pins with a hammer or cleaning the air cleaner
element with compressed air.
• Check to be sure all personal protective equipment is in good con-
dition before using.
1-14 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
Keep Machine Clean
• Keep the machine clean, especially from flammable materials such
as trash, grease, oil, or fuel.
• If you get on or off the machine or carry out inspection and mainte-
nance when the machine is dirty with mud or oil, there is a danger
that you will slip and fall. Wipe off any mud or oil from the
machine. Always keep the machine clean.
• If water gets into the electrical system, there is a danger that it will
cause malfunctions or misoperation. If there is any accidental
operation, there is danger that the machine may move unexpect-
edly and cause serious personal injury or death. When washing the
machine with water or steam, do not allow the water or steam to
come into direct contact with electrical components.
Fire and Explosion Prevention

Fuel and oil are flammable. Fuel is particularly flammable and can be
hazardous. Always observe the following precautions:
• Keep any open flames, airborne sparks, or burning embers away
from flammable fluids.
• Stop the engine and do not smoke when refueling.
• Tighten all fuel and oil caps securely.
• Refueling or adding oil should be done in well-ventilated areas.
• Clean up any fluid spills.
Fire Caused by Fuel, Oil, Antifreeze, or Window

Washer Fluid
Fuel and oils are particularly flammable and can be hazardous. Do not
bring any flame or fire close to flammable substances such as fuel, oil,
antifreeze, or window washer fluid. There is danger that they may catch
fire.
To prevent fire, always observe the following precautions:
• Do not smoke or use any flame near fuel or other flammable

substances.
• Stop the engine before adding fuel.
• Do not leave the machine when adding fuel or oil.
• Do not spill fuel on overheated surfaces or on parts of the electrical
system.
• Wipe up any spills after adding fuel or oil.
• Tighten all fuel and oil caps securely.
• Inspect the entire fuel system (including fuel lines, filter and injection system) for leaks, seepage, and deteriorated fuel
hoses. Clean, repair or replace, if required.
• Use well-ventilated areas for adding or storing oil and fuel.
• Keep oil and fuel in the determined place and do not allow entry to unauthorized persons.
• When carrying out grinding or welding work on the chassis, move any flammable materials to a safe place before starting.
• When washing parts with oil, use a non-flammable oil. Diesel oil and gasoline may catch fire; do not use them.
• Put greasy rags and other flammable materials into a safe container to maintain safety at the work place.
• Do not weld or use a cutting torch to cut any pipes or tubes that contain flammable liquids.
WB146/146PS-5 1-15
SAFETY
Fire Caused by Accumulation of Flammable Material
• Remove any dry leaves, wood chips, paper, wood dust, or any other flammable materials accumulated or affixed around
the engine, exhaust manifold, muffler, air cleaner, battery, or inside the undercovers.
• Be aware that operations such as logging, mulching, clearing, and landfill work may cause trash and debris to accumulate
on the machine. Always remove accumulated trash and debris on a daily, or more frequent, basis.
• Clean the machine after servicing the hydraulic system, engine, or fuel system.
• Operations near burn piles or other open burning, may cause airborne sparks or glowing embers to cause a fire on the
machine.
Fire Caused by Electric Wiring

Short circuits in the electrical system can cause a fire.
Always keep electric wiring connections clean and securely tightened.
Check the wiring every day for looseness or damage to the wire insula-
tion.
• Tighten any loose connectors or wiring clamps.
• Repair or replace any damaged, pinched or chaffed wiring.
• Aftermarket radios or other electrical-operated equipment in the
cab must be fused close to the power supply.
• Never use a machine with a higher voltage to jump start your
machine.
Fire Caused by Hydraulic Line

• Check that all the hose and tube clamps, guards, and cushions are securely fixed in position. If they are loose, they may
vibrate during operation and rub against other parts. This may lead to damage to the hoses, and cause high-pressure oil to
spurt out, leading to fire damage or serious injury.
• Check for oil leaks daily and repair them immediately.
Explosion Caused by Lighting Equipment

• When checking fuel, oil, battery electrolyte, or coolant, always use lighting with anti-explosion specifications.
• When taking the electrical power for the lighting from the machine itself, follow the instructions in this manual.
Action if Fire Occurs

If a fire occurs, escape from the machine as follows.
• Do not attempt to move the machine or continue operations.
• Turn the start switch OFF to stop the engine.
• Use the handrails and steps to get off the machine. Do not jump off the machine. There is a danger of falling and suffering
serious injury.
• If necessary, use the emergency exit to escape.
• Immediately call for help.
• When using a fire extinguisher, always aim the extinguisher at the base of the fire.
• If an optional fire extinguishing system is in place, be familiar with its operating procedures.
1-16 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
Asbestos Hazard Alert
Asbestos dust in the air can cause lung cancer if inhaled. There is a
danger of inhaling asbestos materials when working on job sites han-
dling demolition work or industrial waste. Always observe the follow-
ing precautions:
• Never use compressed air for cleaning.

• Spray water to keep down the dust when cleaning.
• If there is danger that there may be asbestos in the air, always oper-
ate the machine from an upwind position. All workers should use
an approved respirator.
• Do not allow any other person into the area during operation.
• Observe the rules and regulations for the work site and environ-
mental standards.
Keep Operator's Cab Clean

• When entering the operator's compartment, always remove all mud
and oil from the soles of your shoes. If you operate the pedal with
mud or oil on your shoes, your foot may slip and this could cause an accident.
• Do not leave parts or tools lying around the operator's compartment.
• Do not stick suction pads to the window glass. Suction pads act as a lens and may cause fire.
• Do not use cellular telephones inside the operator's compartment when driving or operating the machine.
• Never bring any dangerous objects such as flammable or explosive items into the operator's cab.
Room Ventilation
The engine exhaust gas contains substances that may damage your
health or even cause death. Start or operate the engine in a place where
there is good ventilation. If the engine or machine must be operated
inside a building or underground where the ventilation is poor, take
steps to ensure that the engine exhaust gas is removed and that ample
fresh air is brought in.
WB146/146PS-5 1-17
SAFETY
Burn Prevention
Hot Coolant
To prevent burns from hot water or steam spurting out when checking
or draining the coolant, wait for the water to cool to a temperature
where it is possible to touch the radiator cap by hand before starting the
operation. Even when the coolant has cooled down, loosen the cap
slowly to relieve the pressure inside the radiator before removing the
cap.
Hot Oil
To prevent burns from hot oil spurting out when checking or draining
the oil, wait for the oil to cool to a temperature where it is possible to
touch the cap or plug by hand. Even when the oil has cooled down,
loosen the cap or plug slowly to relieve the internal pressure before
removing the cap or plug.
1-18 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS FOR OPERATION
Seat Belt Inspection
Seat belts must be replaced immediately if there are any signs of wear or damage, no matter how recently
they were last replaced.
A thorough inspection of the entire seat belt system should occur

before starting the engine.
• Inspect the full length and both sides of the seat belt webbing for
wear, abrasion, dirt, oil, mildew, paint or other damage. Replace
immediately if worn or damaged.
• If the webbing is cut, fraying, snagging, kinking, or roping,
the seat belt must be replaced. Any of these conditions may
limit belt retraction.
• There may be internal and/or external tethers mounted on the

suspension mechanism. Inspect these for fatigue as well as the
integrity of the mounting hardware.
• Inspect the seat belt attachment and adjustment hardware for wear
or damage.
• Retractable and non-retractable buckle housings with damage
from abrasions, rubbing, forceful impacts and age, must be
replaced. These conditions may weaken the strength of the
buckle.
• Examine the seat belt buckle and retractor housing(s) for
proper function.
• Dirt, debris, lint, leaves, etc. may become encased inside of
the retractor housing. With time, this condition may cause a
seat belt malfunction.
• Check the mounting structure integrity. Verify that the mounting
bolts are secure. Tighten to specified torque, if necessary.
• Check your records or the seat belt “Date of Installation” label (if
equipped). Even if there are no signs of damage, the seat belt must be replaced either five years after the date of
manufacture, or every three years after the start of usage, whichever comes first.
• The manufactured date and “Install By” (if equipped) date may be found on the back of the buckle housing and/or on
the seat belt webbing.
WB146/146PS-5 1-19
SAFETY
• The location of the “Date of Installation” label (if equipped) may vary slightly, but most frequently it will be found on
the plastic molding of the seat belt.
If your machine is equipped with a shoulder harness also, inspect the webbing, the shoulder loop web guide and the height
adjuster for wear, damage and proper function capabilities
Leaving the Operator’s Seat
Below are listed procedures that must be followed when exiting the
operator’s cab.
1. Park the machine in a level area and lower all work equipment to
the ground.
2. Place the directional lever in the “N” neutral position.
3. Engage the parking brake.
4. To use the PPC Joystick controls to lock all controls, press the
switch in the control panel. When the light on the switch is “ON”
the controls are locked.
Remark
When the machine is shut down, all the controls are auto-
matically locked until the machine is restarted and the PPC
lock switch is pressed to release the controls for operation.
1-20 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
5. Turn the ignition key to the “OFF” position. Remove ignition key
and keep it with you.
6. Use the key to lock and secure all the equipment locks. This will
prevent unauthorized personnel from tampering with your
machine. You are responsible for securing your machine.
Remark
Never leave your machine running and unattended, even for
a moment.
See “SAFETY LOCK USAGE” on page 2-67 for information regard-

ing the lock.
Mounting and Dismounting

• Use all hand holds and step plates on your machine.
• Never jump off or on the machine.
• Wipe off any oil, grease, or mud on your shoes, rails, steps or plat-
forms before getting on the machine. Keep these areas clean and in
good condition.
• Never get on or off a moving machine. These actions may lead to
serious injury. Always bring the machine to a full stop.
• Be sure that the machine is at a full stop, equipment lowered, and
parking brake set before getting on or off the machine.
• Never hold any control levers or the steering wheel when getting on
or off the machine.
• When getting on or off the machine, always face the machine and
maintain a Three Point Contact (both feet and one hand or one foot
and both hands) with the handrails, steps, and platforms to ensure
that you support yourself properly.
• Do not get on or off the machine while holding tools in your hand.
• Never climb on the engine hood or covers where there are no non-
slip pads.
Checking the Rearview Mirrors

• Make sure that the rearview mirrors are clean and correctly posi-
tioned. They must allow the operator to see the rear of the machine
with no need to move from the normal work position.
• If the rearview mirrors move or break during work, stop the machine
immediately and fasten or change them.
• Working without checking the area behind the machine is dangerous,
since the machine may hit persons who are standing in the work
area, fixed obstacles, or maneuvering vehicles.
WB146/146PS-5 1-21
SAFETY
Crush or Pinch Point Dangers
• Never stand under or place any part of your body between the mov-
able components such as the work equipment and cylinders, or
between the machine and work equipment.
• The clearance in the area around the work equipment changes with
different operations. Do not get close to any rotating or extending/
retracting portion and do not allow anyone to enter this area. Serious
personal injury or death may result.
• Never drive up to anyone standing in front of a solid object or your
path of travel. The brakes could fail or the machine could slide on a
slippery surface causing injury or even death.
Fire Extinguisher and First Aid Kit

As a precaution for a fire or an injury, always keep a fire extinguisher and
first aid kit on your machine and take the following precautions:
• The fire extinguisher must be in good condition.
• Read the instructions on the label to ensure you know how to use it.
• Keep a first aid kit in the storage area. Check the kit periodically and
make any additions if necessary.
• Keep a list of emergency phone numbers in case of an accident.
Inside Operator’s Compartment

• When entering the operator’s compartment, always remove mud and
oil from the soles of your shoes. If you operate the brake pedal with
mud or oil on your shoes, your foot may slip and cause an accident.
• After using the ashtray, make sure matches or cigarettes are properly
extinguished and be sure to close the lid. If the ashtray is left open,
there is danger of fire.
• Do not leave lighters or aerosol cans lying around the operator’s
compartment. If the temperature inside the operator’s compartment
raises too high, there is danger that the lighter or aerosol can may
explode.
• Do not stick suction pads to the window glass. Suction pads may act
as a lens and could cause a fire.
• Aftermarket radios or other electrically-operated equipment in the cab must be fused close to the power supply.
• Keep the operator’s compartment clean. Never allow trash or tools to accumulate as these may hinder the operation of the
controls or pedals.
• When operating the machine, do not put your hands or head out of the window or beyond the protection of the ROPS.
• Always use the seat belt equipped with your machine, even when using the loader or backhoe unit. Be sure the seat belt is
fastened snugly around your waist before operating the machine.
Cleaning Windows, Mirrors and Lights

• Remove any trace of dirt from the cab windows, lights, and rearview mirrors. This will ensure good visibility in the work
area.
• Adjust the rearview mirrors if they have moved, so that the operator seated in the driving position can clearly see the area
behind the machine.
• If any window, light or mirror is damaged, change it.
1-22 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
Checking the Windshield Wiper Blades and Bulbs
• Check the conditions of the windshield wiper blades. The scraping wire must be smooth, with no indentations and
attached to the rubber back of the blade. If there is any doubt about the efficiency of the scraping wire, change the blades.
• Make sure that the road lights, stop lights, direction indicators and work lights are working properly. If necessary, change
the faulty bulbs with new ones, making sure that their power is correct.
Precautions When Using ROPS

The ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure) must never be removed from the machine. The ROPS is installed to protect the
operator if the machine should roll over. It is designed to support the load if the machine should roll over and to absorb the
energy at point of impact. Never drill, cut, weld, repair, or modify the ROPS in any way. Doing so may weaken the structure
which could lead to possible failure in a rollover situation.
The ROPS fulfills all the regulations and standards for all countries. But, if the protective structure is modified without autho-
rization, damaged, deformed by falling objects or by rolling over, its strength will be reduced and will not be able to fulfill its
function properly. If the ROPS is damaged in any way, replace it immediately. Do not make repairs to the ROPS.
Always fasten your seat belt properly when operating the machine.
Unauthorized Modifications
• Komatsu will not be responsible for any injuries, accidents, product failures, or other property damages resulting from
modifications made without authorization from Komatsu.
• Modifications may have an adverse effect on items such as machine strength and visibility.
• Any modifications made without authorization from Komatsu can create hazards. Before making a modification, consult
your Komatsu distributor.
WB146/146PS-5 1-23
SAFETY
Precautions for Attachments
When installing and using an optional attachment, read the instruction manual for the attachment and information related to
the attachments.
Quick Coupler Attachment
• Inspect all quick couplers. Determine whether a manually-installed
locking pin and installation procedures have been provided by the
manufacturer.
• Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for maintenance and
inspection of the quick coupler to prevent a malfunction of the quick
coupler that could cause an unintended release of the attachment.
• Follow the manufacturer’s installation procedures and recommenda-
tions on testing quick coupler attachments.
• Train and require all personnel to use and follow manufacturer’s
installation, use, and maintenance procedures when using a quick
coupler attachment.
Large Attachments
• When using attachments that are larger than the standard digging
bucket, always be aware that these attachments may come in contact
with the operator’s cab when the work equipment is retracted for
travel purposes.
• If you are using a hoe-ram or breaker attachment, never dry fire
these attachments, especially in the direction of the cab. The possi-
bility of the tool bit ejecting from the breaker may damage the
machine or injure the operator.
• Always be aware when operating on slopes or traveling that any
attachment changes the center of gravity on the machine and
increases the possibility of a rollover situation.
1-24 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS BEFORE STARTING OPERATIONS
As an operator of the machine, you are responsible for the safe operation of the machine at all times regardless of the situation.
Although KOMATSU cannot cover all operating conditions that pose a major hazard, here are a few basic situations to avoid
when using the backhoe loader during work or travel operations. It is advisable to study these and always be aware of them
before starting your work operations. Failure to do so may result in damage to the machine or injury to the operator and other
personnel.
Hand Signals
• When it is necessary to position loads, make excavations, or move the machine with a reduced field of vision, the
operator must be helped by another person (signalman) who should stand on the ground and give signals to indi-
cate the maneuvers to be carried out according to the specific instructions provided by the relevant regulations.
• No movement or operation may be carried out if the signals have not been clearly understood by the operator and
the signalman.
• When additional instructions different from those defined by the hand signalling system are necessary, these
must be agreed upon by the two operators before starting the job.
• Only one person must be entrusted with giving signals.
• The operator must make sure that the signalman is always within his field of vision and follow all his signals.
The use of hand signals serves to direct the lifting, handling and positioning of the loads lifted by the work equipment. Hand
signals can also be used during digging operations or when the operator’s field of vision is reduced at travel. The direction of
movement of the hands and arms in relation to the machine must define the signal, independently of the position of the signal-
man.
Pre-operational Checks
Before starting your work operations it is important to perform a pre-operational check to be sure your equipment is in safe
operating condition. If any problems are found during your pre-operational check, have them repaired immediately. Never
operate a machine that is unsafe, damaged, or in need of repair. Failure to perform a pre-operational check before starting work
operations may result in damage to the machine or injury to the operator and other personnel.
Remark
It is important that a pre-operational check be performed at the beginning of your work shift, even if you are
taking the machine operations over from another operator. Always perform a pre-operational check before you
start work.
Starting Your Work Operations

• Before operating the machine, walk around it and check for people or objects that might be in the way.
• Do not start the engine if warning tags have been attached to the steering wheel or control levers.
• Sound your horn to warn others in the area before starting the engine.
• Operate the machine in a seated position only, with the seat belt fastened snugly around your waist.
• Do not allow anyone in the cab or on the machine during operations.
• Be sure all personnel are clear from your work site before starting any work operations.
WB146/146PS-5 1-25
SAFETY
Work Site Hazards

Before proceeding with any excavating operations it is important to be
aware of the hazards involved with this operation. Below is a list outlin-
ing what to do to avoid some of these hazards.
• Before starting any excavating operations, contact all utility depart-
ments in your area and have them identify and mark any under-
ground system locations (gas lines, water lines, electrical lines,
sewer lines, etc.).
• Check your work area for any unusual ground conditions.
• Make sure your work area is as level as possible and you will be able
to maneuver your work equipment or machine easily.
• If you will be working near a high traffic area (pedestrians or cars),
have a dedicated worker available to direct traffic or install safety
fencing around your work site.
• Always be aware of all your work site dangers or distractions.
• Always be aware of the work site where open burning is allowed.
Airborne sparks or glowing embers may cause fire on the machine.
• Operations such as logging, mulching, land clearing or landfill operations may cause trash and debris to accumulate on the
machine. Remove debris or trash on a daily basis (or more frequently, if necessary) to prevent fire.
• Always clean trash from the exhaust system compartments. The hot exhaust compartments may cause fire from contact
with flammable material.
• Remove leaves, wood chips, paper, wood dust or anything flammable, that has accumulated around the engine.
Working on Loose or Unstable Ground

• Avoid traveling or operating your machine too close to the edge of cliffs, overhangs, and deep ditches. The ground may be
weak in such areas. If the ground should collapse under the weight or vibration of the machine, there is a hazard that the
machine may fall or tip over causing serious damage to the machine or injury to the operator.
• Surface conditions are loose or unstable after heavy rain, thaw, blasting, or earthquakes.
• When working on embankments or near excavated ditches, there is a danger that the weight and vibration of the machine
will cause the soil to collapse.
• Before starting operations, take steps to ensure that the ground is safe and to prevent the machine from rolling over or fall-
ing.
Visibility
• Switch on the headlights or the work lights as soon as visibility decreases.
• If visibility decreases due to mist, smoke, or heavy rain, stop the machine in a safe position and wait for the weather to
improve until visibility becomes acceptable.
Precautions to be Taken When Using Synthetic Biodegradable Oil (HEES)

• It is not possible to mix the synthetic biodegradable oil type HEES with ordinary hydraulic oils. When the temperature
increases, insoluble compounds are generated which are deposited on the filters and clog them (the maximum concentra-
tion of ordinary oil must not exceed 1% of the total quantity of oil).
• Biodegradable oil can be used only in the hydraulic system; it cannot be used for the engine, transmission, the braking
system, etc.
• Before introducing synthetic biodegradable oil in the hydraulic system, empty the system completely, disconnecting the
cylinders and all the parts that may contain ordinary oil, and replace the drain filter with a new one. Start the engine and
let it idle without using the work equipment. Wait until the oil reaches a temperature of at least 40°C (104°F) then start
moving the equipment so that all the parts of the system are filled with oil. Stop the engine and check the oil level.
1-26 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
Avoid Dangerous Situations

• Avoid traveling with the bucket raised. Raising the bucket raises
the center of gravity on the machine.
• Traveling with a raised bucket, especially a loaded bucket, may
result in loss of control or a rollover situation. Never raise the
bucket unless the machine is stopped.
• If you must travel with the bucket raised and loaded, always travel
a short distance at a slow, controllable speed and on level ground.
• Never attempt to make sharp turns or stop the machine suddenly.
This may cause the machine to tip forward.
• Always handle unstable loads carefully; avoid tipping the bucket

back or raising the load too high.
• Be sure to operate the work equipment carefully and keep the load
as close to the ground as possible. If you must travel with an unsta-
ble load, be sure you are on firm, level ground and travel at a slow,
safe speed.
• Do not use the bucket or lift arms as a crane. The object you are
lifting may swing or shift causing the machine to tip, sway, or pos-
sibly roll over.
WB146/146PS-5 1-27
SAFETY
• Never work under overhangs or excavated bank areas. These could
collapse and damage the machine or injure the operator.
• Never pick the machine up or reposition it using the work equip-

ment. Loss of control or a rollover situation may result. Keep in
mind that the work equipment is for digging, scooping and loading
operations.
• Never allow other personnel in your work area while the machine
is in operation. The possibility of the work equipment blocking
your view during operations may result in injury to that person.
• When digging a trench with the backhoe work equipment, always

be aware of the ground condition and never attempt to dig too
close or under the machine. The possibility of the machine falling
into the excavated site becomes greater the closer the excavation is
to the machine.
1-28 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
• If someone should approach you while you are operating the
machine, stop all operations immediately and signal them not to
approach until the work equipment is lowered to the ground, the
work equipment lock lever is set in the “LOCK” position, and it is
safe for them to approach. Do not touch any of the machine con-
trols again until they are away from your work area and at a safe
distance.
Working Clearances
It is always a good idea to know your clearances around, in front,
behind, and especially, above your work area or travel route. Know
your machine’s traveling height, keeping in mind the backhoe boom
and arm on this machine extend at least 914.4 mm (3 ft) above the can-
opy and cannot be seen during loader, travel, or transport situations.
Failure to keep this in mind may damage the machine or injure the
operator or other personnel.
High Voltage Lines

• When working or traveling in an area where clearances are a prob-
lem, travel at a slow, cautious speed.
• If you are not sure of your clearances, request the aid of another
person who can guide or warn you if you get too close to objects.
• Be aware of the dangers when working around overhead electrical
lines; high humidity may pose an electrical hazard even if your
machine clears the overhead power lines.
• To prepare for any possible emergencies, wear rubber shoes and
gloves. Lay a rubber sheet on top of the seat, and be careful not to
touch the chassis with any exposed part of your body.
• If your machine should come in contact with overhead electrical
lines, stop the machine and remain on the machine until the power
company clears the lines and it is safe to get off or move the
machine.
• If low power lines pose a danger, ask the power company to
remove the lines until your work is finished.
VOLTAGE SAFE DISTANCE

100V-200V 2m
LOW VOLTAGE
6,600V 2m
22,000V 3m
66,000V 4m
154,000V 5m
SPECIAL HIGH VOLTAGE
187,000V 6m
275,000V 7m
500,000V 11 m
WB146/146PS-5 1-29
SAFETY
RULES FOR ROAD TRAVEL
Traveling with your machine may pose some hazards. When traveling, always travel in a safe manner and remain alert at all
times. A safety-conscious operator is the most important insurance when traveling with the machine. Below are several situa-
tions and information the operator should be aware of.
Travel Precautions
The machine is equipped with multifunction safety locks that must be
used for maintenance operations and road travel.
1. Raise the backhoe boom and engage the safety coupling.
2. Center the boom and install the lock pin.
When installing the backhoe lock pin, be extra careful not to get
caught between the backhoe frame and boom. Never reach over the
backhoe controls to install the lock pin. There is a chance you may
bump one of the control levers causing the backhoe work equip-
ment to move. There is also a possibility you may lose your balance
and fall into the work equipment. Always install the lock pin while
standing on the ground.
3. Connect the safety cables to prevent accidental lowering of the

outriggers.
1-30 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
4. To use the PPC Joystick controls, press the switch until the light on
the switch is illuminated indicating the controls, both the front and
rear, are locked.
5. To unlock front and rear work equipment controls, press the switch
until the light on the switch goes out.
Always lock all work equipment when traveling with the machine.
Failure to do so may cause damage or loss of control of the
machine.
6. Be sure the brake pedals are locked together and the 4-wheel drive
feature is disengaged.
7. Obey all traffic rules when traveling on local and state roads.
Always travel at a safe, controllable speed.
Rules for Traveling in Reverse

Traveling in reverse may pose several hazards. Observe the following
precautions when traveling in reverse.
• Be sure the area behind you is clear of people or objects that might
be in the way.
• Before moving your machine, sound the horn to warn others in
your area that you are moving.
• When operating in an area that may pose a hazard or poor visibil-
ity, designate a person to direct your movements.
• Do not rely totally on the machine’s mirrors; keep in mind there
are blind spots when using the mirrors.
WB146/146PS-5 1-31
SAFETY
Traveling on Snow or Frozen Surfaces
It is extremely important to be careful when traveling or operating the machine on icy surfaces. Snow-covered or frozen
surfaces are slippery. Your ability to maneuver is seriously affected. The machine may not respond as you expect when turning
the steering wheel.
When frozen ground begins to thaw, the ground becomes soft and could cause a machine to get stuck or tip over.
When traveling on frozen surfaces, proceed in the following manner.
• Engage the 4-wheel drive system. Remember, the 4-wheel drive system will not affect your braking.
• Travel at a slow, safe speed.
• Gently operate the levers.
• Avoid rapid acceleration or braking.
• Stopping distance is increased during slippery conditions. Give yourself sufficient distance to stop the machine.
• Use tire chains when traveling on snow-covered roads.
• Avoid deep snow. Be careful not to get trapped in a snow drift.
• When clearing snow, it may be difficult to determine where the road shoulder ends. Be careful not to slide off the shoulder
and get stuck or tip over. Proceed cautiously.
• When clearing snow, you may not see objects buried in the snow. Proceed cautiously.
• Even a slight slope may cause the machine to slip out of control. Be particularly careful when working on slopes.
• When traveling on snow-covered slopes, apply the brakes gently. Reduce the speed and use the engine as a brake while
applying the foot brake intermittently (depress the brake intermittently several times). If necessary, lower the work
equipment to the ground to stop the machine.
Traveling on Slopes
Traveling on slopes may pose a hazard. In order to prevent tipping the
machine or losing control, it is important to follow these directions.
• Never turn the ignition key off when traveling up or down slopes.
• Do not shift into neutral gear on a slope.
• If the engine stops, apply the brakes and stop the machine. Lower
all work equipment to the ground immediately.
• When traveling over rough ground, travel at a slow, controllable
speed.
• When traveling on slopes with an empty bucket, it is important to

travel at a safe, controllable speed with the bucket set in a position
20 to 30 cm (8 to 12 in) above the ground.
• Travel uphill with the bucket curled upward. If the machine loses
control or slides on the slope, lower the bucket to the ground
immediately to help stabilize the machine.
• Travel downhill with the bucket curled downward. If the machine
loses control or slides, lower the bucket to the ground immediately
to help stabilize the machine.
1-32 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
• When traveling up or down a slope with a load, always keep the
bucket 20 to 30 cm (8 to 12 in) above the ground and the load fac-
ing the top of the hill.
• Never travel up or down a slope with the load facing the bottom of
the hill. Loss of control may result when the brakes are applied.
• Always travel straight up or straight down a slope. Traveling at an

angle on a slope may cause the machine to tip or possibly roll over.
Traveling on Loose or Unstable Ground

• Avoid traveling or operating your machine too close to the edge of cliffs, overhangs, and deep ditches. The ground may be
weak in such areas. If the ground should collapse under the weight or vibration of the machine, there is a hazard that the
machine may fall or tip over causing serious damage to the machine or injury to the operator.
• Surface conditions are loose or unstable after heavy rain, in snow, thaw, blasting, or earthquakes.
• When working on embankments or near excavated ditches, there is a danger that the weight and vibration of the machine
will cause the soil to collapse.
• Before starting operations, take steps to ensure that the ground is safe and to prevent the machine from rolling over or fall-
ing.
WB146/146PS-5 1-33
SAFETY
Parking the Machine

When parking the machine, it is important to follow several basic
safety rules. Keep in mind you are responsible for the security of the
machine when it is parked. Below is a list if some basic rules to follow
when parking your machine.
1. Always park the machine on a flat, level location away from mov-
ing equipment, pedestrians or traffic.
2. Lower all work equipment to the ground or lock it in place and

neutralize all controls.
3. Lock all areas on the machine equipped with a locking security

feature.
4. Remove the ignition key, set the parking brake in the “PARK”
mode and lock the controls.
See “PRECAUTIONS FOR OPERATION” on page 1-19. Be sure
all access panels, cab, fuel and oil tanks are locked and secure to
prevent tampering with the machine while it is unattended.
5. Avoid parking the machine on a slope of any kind. If you must

park on a slope, park with the bucket facing down the slope and the
wheels blocked to prevent any movement of the machine.
1-34 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS

All maintenance performed on this machine must only be performed by trained and authorized personnel. When performing
maintenance, it is important to follow the outlined maintenance procedures and safety information outlined in this manual and
in the Shop Manual for this machine.
Warning Tags
• Before performing any maintenance operations on this machine,
position the machine on level and firm surface.
• Lock the equipment controls, remove the ignition key and tag the
steering wheel.
• Alert all personnel in your area that the machine is down for main-
tenance. If necessary, tag the machine around specific points to
warn others that this machine is down for maintenance.
• If the machine will be down for maintenance for a long period of
time, be sure to check and see if the warning tags are still in place
before you start your repair procedures the next day.
Equipment Storage
• Always store optional or extra work equipment in a safe and secure
location.
• Store equipment in such a way that it cannot fall or cause injury to
others.
WB146/146PS-5 1-35
SAFETY
Working Under the Machine

• Always use approved jack stands to support the machine when per-
forming maintenance under the chassis.
• Never rely on hydraulic jacks or the machine’s work equipment to
support the machine when working under or on the machine.
• Always lower the work equipment to the ground after raising the
machine for repairs.
Using Drop Lamps

• Use only approved anti-explosion lamps when checking fuel, oil,
or batteries. Non-approved lamps can cause an explosion or fire.
Keeping the Machine Clean

• Never use flammable liquids to clean your machine. Use only
approved non-flammable cleaning solvents to clean parts or the
machine itself.
• Avoid using high-pressure steam cleaners or caustic soaps to wash
the machine, if possible. Steam cleaning or using caustic soaps
may damage paint, wiring or sensitive electrical components.
• When washing the interior of the cab, never use high-pressure

water or flood the cabin. Doing so may damage sensitive electrical
components.
• When pressure washing the exterior of the machine, use high-pres-
sure, hot water and mild grease-cutting soaps.
• Always grease the machine after cleaning to force out any water
from the pivot point connections.
• Remove trash daily or more often as necessary. Never allow trash
to accumulate on the machine.
1-36 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
Running the Machine During Maintenance

• If during maintenance the engine must be run, be sure all work equipment is locked.
• Have someone remain in the operator’s seat while the engine is running in case the engine must be shut down quickly.
Rules for Refueling the Machine

• Always clean up any spills. Grease, fuel, oil or coolant spills can
pose a slip hazard if not mopped up immediately.
• Be sure you are adding the correct fluids to the proper locations.
Mixing fluids can cause damage to internal components.
• When refueling or adding any fluids, be sure you are in a well-ven-
tilated area.
• Never smoke or allow open flames near you while you are refuel-
ing the machine.
• Never mix gasoline with diesel fuel. Gasoline is extremely flam-
mable and could cause an explosion.
• Do not fill the fuel tank completely; leave room for the fuel to
expand.
Cooling System Precautions

• Never add coolant to a hot or warm engine. Always allow the
engine time to cool down completely before opening the radiator
cap.
• Never dump used coolant on the ground, in a lake, stream or in a

sewer system. These fluids are to be captured and recycled prop-
erly.
WB146/146PS-5 1-37
SAFETY
Battery Precautions
Do not try to connect/disconnect battery cables or jump start

machine with battery top cover in place. Always remove the battery
top cover before performing these tasks. Failure to do so may
result in injury or death.
• When working on the electrical system, disconnect the negative (-)

battery cable first then the positive (+) battery cable last.
• On completion of work, reconnect the positive (+) cable first then
the negative (-) cable last.
• When using booster cables to start the machine as shown below, hook the positive (+) cable first, then the negative (-)
cable last to a remote location on the chassis.
Never use a welder or a machine with a higher voltage system to jump-start the machine. Using a higher voltage to
jump-start a machine may damage the machine’s electrical system or cause an unexpected explosion or fire. Always
jump-start a machine with equal voltages.
1-38 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
Hazards
Danger of Battery Exploding
When charging the battery, flammable hydrogen gas is generated from
the poles. If the gas ignites, it may explode and cause serious injury or
fire. Any mistake in handling may cause serious personal injury,
explosion, or fire, so always observe the following:
• DO NOT use or charge a battery if the electrolyte is below the

LOWER LEVEL mark.
• Check the electrolyte level periodically and add distilled water
only to the UPPER LEVEL mark, when required.
• DO NOT smoke or use any flame close to the battery.
• Remove the battery from the machine and take it to a well-
ventilated area; remove the battery caps; then carry out charging.
• After charging the battery, replace and tighten the battery caps
securely.
• Unplug the charger and remove the cables.
Danger of Dilute Sulfuric Acid

Battery electrolyte includes dilute sulfuric acid. If dilute sulfuric acid
gets on your skin or in your eyes, you may suffer serious injury.
Always do the following when handling batteries.
• ALWAYS wear protective goggles and rubber gloves.

• If battery electrolyte gets into your eyes:
• Immediately wash your eyes with a large amount of fresh
water for at least 15 minutes.
• Be sure to wash behind your eyelids.
• Get immediate medical attention.
• If battery electrolyte gets on your skin or clothes:
• Immediately wash it off with a large amount of water.
• Do not use any alkaline fluid as a neutralizer.
• If you suffer any chemical burn, get immediate medical attention.
Danger of Sparks
If sparks are generated, they may fly and cause serious personal injury.
• DO NOT short-circuit the battery terminals through contact with metal objects, such as tools across the terminals.
• DO NOT leave tools lying around near the battery.
• When removing the battery cables, remove the ground cable (negative (-)) cable first.
• When installing battery cables, connect the positive (+) cable first.
• Secure the battery firmly in the specified position.
WB146/146PS-5 1-39
SAFETY
Using Booster Cables
★ If any mistake is made in the method of connecting the booster cables, it may cause the battery to explode.
Always heed the following precautions:
• Wear safety goggles and rubber gloves when starting the engine with booster cables.
• When connecting a normal machine to a problem machine with booster cables, always use a normal machine with the
same battery voltage as the problem machine.
• When starting with a booster cable, carry out the starting operation with two workers (one worker sitting in the operator’s
seat and the other working with the battery).
• When starting from another machine, do not allow the two machines to touch.
• When connecting the booster cables, turn the starting switch to the OFF position for both the normal machine and
problem machine. There is a danger that the machine will move when the power is connected.
• When removing the booster cables, be careful not to let the booster cable clips touch each other or to let the clips touch the
machine.
• When using booster cables to start the machine, attach the positive (+) jumper first then the negative (-) jumper last to a
remote location on the chassis, as shown in the following figure. For additional information, see“Starting the Engine with
Booster Cables” on page 2-81.
Starting the Machine with Booster Cables

• Never try to start the machine by tampering or shorting the starter
terminals. Accidental movements of the machine could cause
injury or even death.
• Always use the ignition switch to start the machine while you are
seated in the operator’s cab.
• Never use a welder or a machine with a higher voltage system

to jump start the machine. Using a higher voltage to jump-start
a machine may damage the machine’s electrical system or
cause an unexpected explosion or fire.
• Always jump start a machine with one of equal voltage.
• Never allow the machines to touch each other when jump-
starting a machine.
1-40 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
High-Pressure Hoses
The hydraulic system is always under internal pressure. When inspect-
ing or replacing piping or hoses, always check that the pressure in the
hydraulic circuit has been released. If the circuit is still under pressure,
it will lead to serious injury, so always do as follows.
• Do not carry out any inspection or replacement work when the
hydraulic system is under pressure.
• If there is any leakage from the piping or hoses, the surrounding
area will be wet, so check for cracks in the piping and hoses and
for swelling in the hoses.
• When carrying out inspection, wear safety glasses and leather
gloves.
• There is a danger that high-pressure oil leaking from small holes
may penetrate your skin or cause blindness if it contacts your eyes
directly. If you are hit by a jet of high-pressure oil and suffer injury
to your skin or eyes, wash the place with clean water, and consult a
doctor immediately for medical attention.
Safety Handling of High-pressure Hoses

If oil or fuel leaks from high-pressure hoses, it may cause fire or
defective operation, which may lead to serious injury. If any loose bolts
are found, stop work and tighten to the specified torque. If any dam-
aged hoses are found, stop operations immediately and contact your
Komatsu distributor.
Replace the hose if any of the following problems are found.
• Damaged or leaking hydraulic fitting
• Frayed or cut covering or exposed reinforcement wire layer
• Covering swollen in places
• Twisted or crushed movable portion
• Foreign material embedded in covering
Precaution for High Fuel Pressure

High pressure is generated inside the engine fuel piping when the engine is running. When carrying out inspection or mainte-
nance of the fuel piping system, wait for at least 30 seconds after stopping the engine to let the internal pressure go down
before starting inspection or maintenance.
High-Temperature Areas
When you stop the machine at the end of a job, remember the engine
coolant, oil, all engine parts, exhaust stack and the hydraulic system is
still hot and under pressure. If you attempt to drain engine coolant,
hydraulic fluid, or engine oil under these conditions, you expose your-
self to various dangers, including the risk of serious burns.
★ Carry out maintenance procedures described in this manual only
when the machine has had time to cool down.
WB146/146PS-5 1-41
SAFETY
Rotating Parts
• Take particular care near rotating parts. Keep your body at a safe
distance.
• If hands, clothing, or tools become entangled in the fan blades or
fan belt, severe injury may result.
• Keep well away from all rotating parts.
Disposal of Waste Materials

• Never dump waste fluids in a sewer system, on the ground, in riv-
ers, etc.
• Always drain fluids from your machine into the appropriate con-
tainers. Never drain fluids directly onto the ground.
• Obey appropriate laws and regulations when disposing of harmful
objects such as oil, fuel, filters, batteries, coolant, brake fluid and
hydraulic oil.
• Always recycle whenever possible.
Inflating Tires
Tires can burst while being inflated, causing serious accidents. Before
servicing the tires, observe the following precautions.
• Before inflating tires, always check the wheel rims, tire walls and
tread for cuts, broken cords, or other damage.
• Have a tire expert perform checks and tire maintenance.
• When inflating tires, use a protective cage, and a compressed air
gun with extension hose and pressure gauge.Make sure there is
nobody in the vicinity before starting to inflate a tire.
• Stand at the tread side of the tire to inflate it.
• Never exceed the inflation pressures specified for each type of tire.
Always check the tire pressures on both sides of the machine.
Standard Front Tire

Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 x 17.5
Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.31 ± 5 kg/cm2 (47.1±1 psi)
Standard Rear Tire

Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19.5L x 24
1-42 WB146/146PS-5
SAFETY
Accumulator
This machine may be equipped with an accumulator charged with high-
pressure nitrogen gas. Before servicing the accumulator, observe the
following precautions:
• Do not dissemble the accumulator.
• Do not expose the accumulator to high heat or an open flame.
• Do not weld on the accumulator.
• Do not drill or cut the accumulator.
• Do not strike or crush the accumulator.
• When replacing or disposing the accumulator, always release the
nitrogen pressure from the chamber.
Critical Parts
Periodically some parts must be replaced due to safety purposes. Even
if these parts seem to be in good condition and operating properly they
may fail at some point causing possible injury to the operator or pedes-
trians. Listed are some of the systems containing these components that
may fail under extended use:
• Fuel supply and delivery hoses
• Hydraulic system: main delivery hoses and tubing
• Hydraulic hoses: all the hoses that feed and return the hydraulic
fluid to and from the work equipment
★ For additional information see “SAFETY CRITICAL PARTS” on
page 3-19.
WB146/146PS-5 1-43
SAFETY
MEMORANDUM
1-44 WB146/146PS-5
2OPERATION
WB146/146PS-5 2-1
OPERATION
GENERAL VIEW OF MACHINE

The views are taken from the operator’s seat facing forward and backward. The front view is when the operator is facing the
front of the machine using the front end loader or traveling with the machine. The rear view is when the operator is facing the
rear of the machine using the backhoe unit. References to right and left are always in relationship to the machine, not the oper-
ator’s position.
Front View of Machine
1. Front bucket 6. Rear axle
2. Bucket cylinder 7. Fuel tank
3. Bucket arms 8. Lift cylinder
4. Cab 9. Front axle
5. Hydraulic oil tank

(in engine compartment)
2-2 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Rear View of Machine
1. Bucket 6. Boom support
2. Arm 7. Battery, hydraulic filter and tool box
3. Boom 8. Outriggers
4. Arm cylinder 9. Backhoe swing cylinders
5. Boom cylinder 10. Backhoe lock cylinder
11. Bucket cylinder
WB146/146PS-5 2-3
OPERATION
OPERATION CONTROLS
Before operating the machine, it is important to understand all the con-
trol functions provided with your machine. Operating the machine
without knowledge of all the controls may damage the machine, prop-
erty or possibly cause injury to the operator.
In the Cab (Joystick Controls)
1. Direction control lever
2. Steering wheel
3. Front dash bezel
4. Multifunctional switch
5. Gear shift lever (Power shuttle only)
6. Steering wheel adjustment lock
7. Accelerator pedal
8. Brake pedals
9. Side dash
10. Front loader control lever
11. Parking brake
12. Hand throttle lever
13. Left backhoe joystick
14. Right backhoe joystick
15. Right outrigger control
16. Left outrigger control
2-4 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Steering Column Switches
The switches on the steering column control several functions.
Directional Control Switch (Standard)

The direction of the machine can be selected by moving switch (1)
toward the forward or reverse position.
Speed Selector Switch (PS Model Only)

This switch (1) controls four speed ranges. Select the speed ranges by
rotating the knob clockwise or counterclockwise. It is also used to
select forward or reverse direction of the machine.
I: Speed “Low range”
II: Speed “Mid range”
III: Speed “High range”
A: Automatic speed range
Remark
When the speed range is set in “A” the transmission shifts
through the ranges automatically.
Multifunctional Switch
This switch (4) controls several functions:
A. Turn left E. Flasher
B. Turn right F. Windshield wiper
C. Horn G. Windshield washer
D. High/Low beam control
WB146/146PS-5 2-5
OPERATION
Front Instrument Panel and Controls
1. Low fuel alert lamp 8. Low pressure or brake fluid alert

2. 4-wheel drive (IN/OUT) indicator 9. Main alert lamp
3. Differential (LOCK/UNLOCK) indicator 10. High beam indicator lamp
4. Parking brake alert lamp 11. Low beam indicator lamp
5. Transmission oil temperature warning lamp 12. Work lights alert lamp
6. Left directional indicator lamp 13. Gear speed position indicator (PS model only)
7. Right directional indicator lamp
1. Low Fuel Alert Lamp

This warning light (1) comes on when there is about 17 liters
(4.5 gal) of fuel left in the fuel tank. Refuel the machine as soon
as possible. Make sure the machine does not run out of fuel; dam-
age to the injection system may result.
2-6 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
2. 4-wheel Drive (In/Out) Indicator
When the 4-wheel drive feature (2) is selected, this indicator
comes on to indicate the 4-wheel drive system is (IN) operation.
When the indicator is off, the 4-wheel drive system is (OUT) of
operation.
Remark
Do not use the 4-wheel drive feature on dry roads.
3. Differential (Lock/Unlock) Indicator

When the differential lock feature is in (LOCK), the indicator
lamp (3) comes on to indicate it is in operation. When the indicator
lamp is off, the differential is (UNLOCKED). This feature is con-
trolled by a button in the loader control handle.
4. Parking Brake Alert Lamp

When lamp (4) comes on, the parking brake is applied.
5. Transmission Oil Temperature Alert

This warning light (5) comes on with an audible alarm to alert the
operator of a transmission oil overheat condition. If this warning
and alarm comes on, immediately stop the machine and select neu-
tral gear. Let the transmission oil cool down with the engine run-
ning at about 1200 rpm until the warning and alarm stop. If this
occurs repeatedly, have the machine checked by an authorized
Komatsu distributor. Do not continue to operate the machine.
WB146/146PS-5 2-7
OPERATION
6. Left Direction Indicator Lamp
This lamp flashes on and off when the multifunctional directional
(13) switch is operated to turn left. It also flashes as a warning light
when the hazard flashers are activated.
7. Right Direction Indicator Lamp

This lamp flashes on and off when the multifunctional directional
(13) switch is operated to turn right. It also flashes as a warning
light when the hazard flashers are activated.
8. Low Pressure or Brake Fluid Alert

This warning lamp (8) indicates that the brake oil pressure is low
or that there is no oil in the reservoir.
9. Main Alarm Lamp

Alert (9) warning light comes on:
A. When the machine is started, the general warning light check

is activated for about three seconds.
B. When the maximum temperature allowed for the engine cool-

ant is exceeded.
C. When the engine oil pressure is low.
2-8 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
10. High Beam Indicator Lamp
This indicator (10) comes on when the high beam is actuated by
the multifunctional directional switch (13). When the multifunc-
tional directional switch is actuated again, the high beam is turned
off.
High-Low beam option must be installed.
11. Low Beam Indicator Lamp

This indicator (11) comes on when the low beam is operated with
two clicks of the switch (24) positioned on the side dashboard.
12. Work Lights Alert Lamp

This indicator (12) comes on when the parking lights are operated
with one click of the switch (24) positioned on the side dashboard.
13. Speed Range Indicator (PS Model Only)

This indicator (13) comes on when the speed ranges are selected.
WB146/146PS-5 2-9
OPERATION
Side Instrument and Controls

1. Fuel level gauge
2. Engine coolant temperature gauge
3. Tachometer and hour meter
4. Hydraulic oil filter clog indicator
5. Alternator alert
6. Glow plugs preheat indication
7. Engine coolant temperature alert
8. Engine oil pressure warning lamp
9. Air cleaner restriction alert
10. Audible warning system
11. Joystick work equipment lock switch
12. Backhoe power control switch
13. Backhoe boom lock switch
14. Horn switch
15. 4-wheel drive switch
16. Rotating beacon switch
17. Heater fan (Blower) switch
18. Temperature control switch
19. Starter switch
20. Rear work lights switch
21. Optional switch locations
22. Front work lights switch
23. Hazard switch
24. Low beam switch and parking lights switch
2-10 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
1. Fuel Level Gauge
The fuel level gauge indicates the fuel level in the tank and func-
tions only when the starter key is in position “I.”
Remark
• If the indicator reaches the red low fuel area during work,
stop the machine and refuel.
• The warning light (1) on the front instrument panel sig-
nals when the fuel level is too low.
2. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

This gauge (2) indicates the engine coolant temperature which
must be in the operating range between 80-85°C (176-185°F).
Always allow the engine ample time to warm up to within these
operating ranges before working the machine. Never allow the
engine to exceed these operating temperatures, otherwise damage
to the engine could occur.
3. Tachometer and Hour Meter

This gauge (3) indicates the engine rpm (revolutions per minute).
It also indicates the running hours on the engine.
This is a combined instrument that indicates the engine speed with

a pointer, while the number of operating hours appears in the lower
displays.
The count is continuous; the hour number is increased by one
when the engine has worked for one hour, independent of the
engine speed.
The hour counter keeps counting even if the machine isn’t working
or traveling.
Remark
The hour meter is considered valid for calculating the main-
tenance or service hour intervals for the machine.
4. Hydraulic Oil Filter Clog Indicator

This warning (4) comes on when the hydraulic oil filter is clogged
and must be replaced. Replace the filter immediately if this warn-
ing is activated, otherwise damage to the hydraulic pump may
result.
WB146/146PS-5 2-11
OPERATION
5. Alternator Alert
This warning light (5) comes on, along with an audible alarm, to
alert the operator that the battery is not charging. If this light comes
on during operation or remains on after initial start-up, have the
charging system checked as soon as possible by an authorized
6. Preheat Indication
In cold weather during initial start-up, there is a need to preheat the
combustion air to aid in starting the engine. To use this feature, hold
the starter switch in the preheat position for approximately
30 seconds. The indicator light (6) will come on and remain on for
about 30 seconds; after the light goes out you may crank the engine.
This procedure may have to be repeated one more time.
Due to the preheat feature equipped with this machine, do not use
ether or other starting aids. Damage to the engine or possible injury
to the operator may result.
7. Engine Coolant Temperature Alert

This warning light (7) comes on, along with an audible alarm, to
alert the operator of an engine overheat condition. If this warning
and alarm should come on, immediately stop the machine and select
neutral gear. Let the engine run at about 1200 rpm until the warning
and alarm stop. If this condition occurs again, check to make sure the
radiator fins are clean and free of debris. Do not continue to operate
the machine if the engine is overheating.
8. Engine Oil Pressure Alert

This warning lamp (8) comes on, along with an audible alarm, to
alert the operator of an engine oil pressure loss. If this light comes on
during operation or remains on after start-up, shut the engine down
immediately. If this light does not come on when the starter key is
turned on, have the system checked by your Komatsu distributor. Do
not operate the machine if this light comes on intermittently or
remains on, otherwise damage to the engine may result.
2-12 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
9. Air Cleaner Restriction Alert
This warning light (9) comes on when the engine air filter is
restricted.
If this indicator comes on during operation, shut the machine down
and have the air filter system serviced. Do not operate the machine
with a restricted air filtering system, otherwise damage to the
engine may result.
10. Audible Warning System

When the starter switch is on, or the machine is in operation, this
audible alarm (10) sounds if:
• The engine oil pressure is low.

• The engine is overheating.
• The transmission is overheating.
• The alternator is faulty.
• The seat is incorrectly positioned while machine is moving.
• The charging system has failed.
11. Joystick Lock Switch

When traveling on roads, always engage the joystick locking
device.
This switch (11) inhibits the joystick controls; it is used when the
machine travels on roads and as a safety lock when leaving the
driver’s seat or parking the machine. To lock the joystick controls,
press switch (11) ON (switch illuminated). Press the switch OFF to
release the controls.
• Whenever the machine is started, the controls are locked

automatically ON (switch illuminated); press the switch OFF
to use the controls.
• For safety reasons, the joystick controls are locked automati-
cally (LED on) (switch illuminated) when the seat is rotated
by the operator to change driving position. The joystick con-
trols are automatically released OFF when the rotation has
been completed and the seat is in a fixed driving position
(front or rear).
WB146/146PS-5 2-13
OPERATION
12. Backhoe Power Control Switch
This button (12) operates the selection of oil delivery from the
hydraulic pump. When the machine is started, the control automat-
ically selects the POWER mode (switch illuminated) which gives
you the maximum breakout power at the backhoe. When the but-
ton is pressed again, the backhoe goes into the economy mode to
reduce breakout power. This feature is used for excavating light
material, operating optional attachments, or using the backhoe for
grading purposes. If the machine is operated in the forward or
reverse gears, the POWER mode is automatically canceled.
13. Backhoe Boom Lock Switch

This switch (13) operates the boom lock. This function holds the
backhoe in the parked position thus preventing hydraulic drift of
the backhoe unit.
This feature should be used only when operating the front end
loader or traveling with the machine.
14. Rear Horn

This switch (14) activates the rear horn. This horn warns people in
the area before you start your work operations.
15. 4-wheel Drive Switch

When switch (15) is pressed, 4-wheel drive engages and the warn-
ing light on the front instrument panel comes on. When pressed
again, it disengages the 4-wheel drive.
Remark
When traveling at high speed and on roads, disengage the
4-wheel drive. The 4-wheel drive is automatically engaged
when the brake pedals are pressed, and only with the 4th
gear engaged.
2-14 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
16. Rotating Beacon Lamp (if equipped)
This switch (16) activates the beacon mounted on the cab roof.
17. Blower Switch

The blower switch (17) controls the operation of the blower motor
for the air circulation. It has three speeds:
• Off (0)
• Low (1)
• Medium (2)
• High (3)
18. Temperature Control Switch

The temperature control switch controls the temperature in the cab.
19. Starter Switch

The starter switch (19) is the main switch; it is a four-position
rotary switch.
• Preheat
• OFF
• ON
• Start
WB146/146PS-5 2-15
OPERATION
20. Rear Work Light Switch
This switch (20) activates the rear work lights installed on the cab.
When traveling on roads, switch off the work lights.
21. Optional Equipment Switches

Location (21) is for any optional equipment.
A. Load Stabilizer System (Ride Control) Switch (if installed)

When this switch (21) is turned on, the load stabilizer system
(LSS) is activated. This feature is used to help stabilize the
machine when the loader bucket is loaded and you are travel-
ing on rough ground.
B. Hydraulic Hammer Switch (if installed)

When pressed, switch (21) enables the hydraulic circuit of the
hand hammer. When pressed again, it disables the circuit.
22. Front Work Light Switch

This switch (22) activates the front work lights installed on the
cab. When traveling on roads, switch off the work lights.
2-16 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
23. Hazard Flashers
This switch (23) operates both direction indicators at the same time
and must be used when traveling on roads, while temporarily
parked/stopped along roadways, during emergencies, or in case of
unusual circumstances.
24. Parking Lights and Low Beam Switch

Switch (24) is a two-position switch; with one click it switches on
the parking lights and instruments, with two clicks it switches on
the low beam. The parking lights can be switched on even with the
machine at rest.
Air Conditioning Switch (if equipped)

When this switch (location not shown) is turned on, the air condi-
tioning system is in operation. When the switch is off, the air con-
ditioning system is deactivated.
WB146/146PS-5 2-17
OPERATION
Cab Switches and Electric Accessories

Front Work Light Switch
This switch (22) enables the front work lights installed on the cab.
When traveling on roads, switch off the work lights.
Rear Work Light Switch

This switch (20) enables the rear work lights installed on the cab. When
traveling on roads, switch off the work lights.
Rear Windshield Wiper Switch

This switch (H) operates the rear windshield wiper.
Rear Windshield Washer Switch

This switch (I), with automatic return to the OFF position, operates the
rear windshield washer.
2-18 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Overhead Lamp (Dome)
The overhead lamp (25) is used to check the instruments and the inside
of the cab when visibility is limited.
Power Outlet
The 12V power outlet is in compliance with the ISO 4165-1979 stan-
dard. It is used for the connection of the revolving light, of the inspec-
tion lamp when maintenance operations are to be carried out, limited
visibility and the emergency light.
Power Outlet Socket

Socket is positioned on the lower part of the side dashboard and is pow-
ered by a 12V supply. It is used for the cigarette lighter and is compati-
ble with the cigarette lighters available on the market. It can also be
used to recharge mobile phones. Before use, remove the protection cap.
WB146/146PS-5 2-19
OPERATION
Front End Loader Controls

1. Loader declutch control button.
2. Multipurpose bucket open button
3. Differential lock button
4. Multipurpose bucket close button
5. Front loader speed control button
6. Kickdown button (Lower) (power shift only)
Remark
Buttons 1 - 4 are thumb buttons; 5 and 6 are trigger buttons.
Loader Declutch Control Button

This button (1) allows the operator the option of transferring all engine
power from the drive line to the loader hydraulics when lifting heavy
loads. This feature should only be used on level ground.
• Do not use this button for more than 15 to 20 seconds.
• Do not use this button during travel on roads and especially

when traveling downhill, since this function releases the
clutch and sets the machine in neutral.
Multipurpose Bucket Open Button

On machines equipped with the multipurpose (4-in-1) bucket, this
button (2) opens the top half of the bucket allowing the operator the
option of converting the loader bucket into a dozer blade when filling
in trenches or using the bucket for picking up items.
Remark
This control is also used to activate a hydraulic quick cou-
pling device or other hydraulic attachment.
2-20 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Differential Lock Button

Remark
• Locking the differential is possible only with 1st or 2nd
forward or reverse gear engaged, since a safety device
prevents the engagement of 3rd and 4th gear.
• Before locking the differential, lower the speed as much
as possible in order to reduce the impact loads on the
axle.
Locking the differential must be used only when it is necessary to
engage the rear driving wheels, in case of skidding or if the machine is
stuck in sand or mud. Lock the differential by pressing the button (3)
and only with the lower gears engaged (1st or 2nd).
The differential is automatically released when the 2-wheel drive is engaged. The warning light on the front instrument panel
signals that the differential is locked.
Do not use this feature when traveling on slopes. To engage the differential lock feature, the system must disengage
the drive line first. Loss of control may result.
Multipurpose Bucket Close Button

On machines equipped with the multipurpose (4-in-1) bucket, this
button (4) closes the top half of the bucket, allowing the operator to use
the bucket for scoop and loading operations.
Remark
Front Loader Speed Control Button

When upper button (5) is activated, the maximum quantity of oil is
delivered by the hydraulic pump for heavy-duty applications.
Press the push button to increase oil delivery; when the push button is
released, the oil delivery returns to the standard operating values.
Remark
It is advisable to use this feature for no more than five to six
seconds during loader operation.
WB146/146PS-5 2-21
OPERATION
Kick Down Button (Power Shift Only)
The button (6) is enabled with both automatic and manual gearshift and
allows the gears to be shifted from 2nd to 1st and vice versa.
• In manual mode, downshifting from 2nd to 1st gear is indicated by
the warning light flashing on the front dashboard. The flashing of
the warning light indicates that there is no correspondence between
the selection made and the gear engaged. Press the KICK DOWN
button again to return to the 2nd gear.
• In automatic mode, the KICK DOWN button allows downshifting
from 2nd to 1st gear; the KICK DOWN function is deactivated
automatically depending on the speed of the vehicle, thus allowing
automatic sequential upshifting from 1st to 4th gear.
Gear Shift Lever Controls (Power Shuttle

Only)
The gear shift lever (5) is used to change travel speed ranges. It is
equipped with a declutching button (1) used to disengage the drive line
for changing speed ranges.
• Engage the gears only with the engine running at a low rpm
and the machine is traveling slowly or stopped.
• Avoid up-shifting when using the machine in heavy opera-

tions.
• Always shift the lever into a neutral position (N) when parking
the machine and set the parking brake.
Declutch Button
To change speed ranges, slow the machine down; press the declutch
button; shift to the desired speed range; then release the button as
quickly as possible.
Changing Speed Ranges

The machine is equipped with four speed ranges. The lower speed
ranges are for using the front end loader or slow maneuvering on a job
site. The higher ranges are for forward ground or road travel.
3rd and 4th speed ranges are for forward operation only.
Do not travel in reverse using the 3rd or 4th speed range.
Loss of control may result.
2-22 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
PS Model Control Lever

This switch (1) controls four speed ranges. By rotating the knob clock-
wise or counterclockwise, four speed ranges can be selected. It is also
used to select forward or reverse direction of the machine.
I: Speed “Low range”
II: Speed “Mid range”
III: Speed “High range”
A: Automatic speed range
Remark
When the speed range is set in “A” the transmission shifts
through the ranges automatically.
Directional Control Lever

When operating in a desired speed range, you can choose the forward
or reverse direction using the directional control lever (1). This func-
tion allows you to change direction quickly and easily without using
any type of clutching mechanism.
To operate, lift the lever and move it into any direction:
F- Forward travel
N- Neutral
R- Reverse travel
Remark
The machine can only be started in the (N) neutral position.
When parking the machine, shift into the (N) position and set
the parking brake for safety. Avoid changing direction when
traveling at fast speeds. Always slow down and apply the
brakes before changing direction.
3rd and 4th speed ranges are for forward operation only.
Do not travel in reverse using the 3rd or 4th speed range.
Loss of control may result.
WB146/146PS-5 2-23
OPERATION
Brakes, Parking Brake, Accelerator, and Throttle Control

Brake Pedals
The machine is equipped with a tandem brake pedal. This setup makes
it possible to separate the right and left braking pedals for making
sharp, tight turns in close working conditions.
• During normal operation or when traveling on roads, the brake
pedals (2) should be locked to allow for equal braking at each
wheel.
• When operating at slow speeds in tight locations, the brake pedals
(2) can be separated to allow independent braking at the right or
left wheel.
When operating with the brakes separated or unlocked:

• Always operate at a slow speed no higher than 1st gear.
• The brake pedals must always be connected when the 3rd or

4th gear is engaged and when the machine travels on roads.
• Never operate the machine at high speeds with the pedals

unlocked.
• Once you have finished your work, always relock the brake
pedals immediately for safety purposes.
Failure to comply with this warning may result in serious injury.
2-24 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Parking Brake
Before exiting the cab, it is important to apply the parking brake.
1. Bring the machine to a full stop.
2. Grasp the brake handle firmly.
3. Squeeze the lock lever below the brake handle.
4. Pull up on the handle until the brake handle locks in place.
5. Release the lock lever.
6. The brake set indicator comes on indicating that the brake is set.
Remark
Leaving the machine in gear with the engine off and the
directional control set in the forward or reverse position does
not hold the machine in place. The parking brake must be
used. Always park the machine in neutral.
Remark
The rear wheel must be firmly on the ground in order for the
parking brake to work. Always set the parking brake when
exiting the cab.
Release the parking brake in this manner.

1. Grasp the brake handle firmly.
2. Pull the handle up slightly.
3. Squeeze the lock lever below the handle.
4. Lower the handle down completely until it is fully released.
5. The brake set indicator will go off indicating the brakes are released.
Accelerator Pedal
The accelerator pedal (3) is used mainly for road travel or when using
the front end loader. When using the front end loader with the accelera-
tor pedal, be careful not to strain the machine. Always accelerate
smoothly when loading the front end loader.
WB146/146PS-5 2-25
OPERATION
Hand Throttle
The use of the hand accelerator is allowed only under the conditions specified below; use in any other condition may
cause serious accidents.
The hand accelerator can be used only when the engine is warming up and afterwards only when it is necessary to work with
the backhoe; it can also be used for certain maintenance operations.
The positions for the hand throttle are:
Idling Position: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Throttle handle pulled back
Maximum rpm Position: . . . . .Throttle handled pushed forward.
Throttle Operating Tips

Avoid using the machine with the throttle lever in the maximum rpm
position. Fuel consumption and engine wear increase at high engine
speeds. For proper throttle use, refer to the indications listed on the
decal near the throttle handle.
• Green area “A”: This area indicates the engine speed is approxi-
mately 1900 rpm, which is the value recommended for normal
operation.
• Red area “B”: This area indicates the engine speed is in the range
of 2200 rpm, which is the maximum speed allowed for the use of
the backhoe.
Remark
Throttle speed can be monitored using the tachometer on the side instrument panel.
2-26 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
CAB ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Ventilating, cooling and heating the cab increases operator comfort in cold or hot environments. If your machine is equipped
with a cab, this system reduces condensation on cab windows and improves uncomfortable temperature conditions.
Heating and Ventilation System

Air Conditioning (if equipped)
If your machine is equipped with air conditioning (1), beside the air
conditioning switch and blower control switch (2), there are two other
controls.
These controls are for temperature control and for recirculation.
• To adjust temperature, turn the knob (3) clockwise to increase tem-
perature and counterclockwise to decrease temperature.
• To regulate air supply, turn knob (4) clockwise to recirculate inside
cab air and counterclockwise to allow outside air in. Feature (4)
allows the cab to warm up or cool down rapidly.
Heating System
If your machine does not have the optional air conditioning, it still has
the temperature control switch (4) and the blower control switch (3).
• To adjust temperature, simply turn the knob clockwise to increase
temperature and counterclockwise to decrease temperature.
• The ventilation and cooling system ensures air suction both from
the outside and the inside of the cab. Air suction from the outside
is protected by a filter positioned on the right side of the cab, while
air suction from the inside (recirculation) is protected by an inter-
nal filter (5) positioned on the right, under the storage compart-
ment. Internal air recirculation ensures quicker cooling and is very
useful when working in areas where air pollution is considerable
(tunnels, dusty places, small or badly ventilated rooms, etc.).
WB146/146PS-5 2-27
OPERATION
• Adjust air distribution using the adjustable vent. Note there are
vents in the seat pedestal also (not shown).
• Adjust vents above the dashboard to assist defogging and deicing.
• At the beginning of summer and before using the air conditioner,

clean the suction filters (only for machines with air conditioner).
• During the season, clean the filters periodically. Time intervals
vary according to the environment in which the machine operates
(minimum every five days - maximum every 15 days).
• Before operating the heater, turn on hot water flow by rotating the
valve (9) positioned in the engine compartment clockwise.
Remark
Start the air conditioner only with low engine rpm and not
during acceleration, to avoid damaging the system and
breaking the compressor drive belt. In periods where the air
conditioner is not used, operate the compressor at low
speed for approximately three to five minutes at least once a
month. This operation ensures the lubrication of all the mov-
ing parts of the compressor.
2-28 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Seat and Seat Belt

Seat
The seat is designed for maximum operator comfort which helps
reduce operator fatigue. There are six adjustments with the seat.
1. Longitudinal adjustment (front-back)
2. Back inclination adjustment
3. Adjustment of seat suspension
4. Seat cushion height
5. Armrest adjustment
6. Rotation for backhoe operation
The operator can choose the most comfortable operating position using
the listed features.
• For longitudinal adjustment, lever (1) can be used to position the
seat in forward and backward positions.
• The back adjustment (2) is for positioning the upright inclination
for the operator’s back angle. The softness or dampening of the
ride and vibrations can be controlled by adjusting knob (3) to the
desired setting. To increase firmness, turn the knob clockwise; to
decrease firmness turn the knob counterclockwise.
• The height of the seat can be adjusted with lever (4). To adjust the
armrest angle, use the roll knobs (5) to change the inclination of
the arm rest angle.
• When operating the backhoe, use lever (6) to rotate the seat from a
loader position to the backhoe position.
Seat Belt
The seat belt (1) is provided for your safety during operation of the
machine. Law requires the operator to use this seat belt during opera-
tion.
• The purpose of the seat belt is to keep the operator in the seat if the
machine should be involved in a rollover situation. Before starting
the engine or doing anything in the cab, fasten the seat belt snugly
around your waist first.
• Always use the seat belt when operating the machine, even just for
a moment. If the seat belt is damaged or worn, replace it immedi-
ately.
• Never rely on a damaged or worn seat belt to hold you in place if a
rollover should occur.
• Getting in the habit of using the seat belt could save your life.
Remark
The seat belt must be replaced every three years after the start of usage or five years after the date of manu-
facture or at the first sign of wear or damage. See “Seat Belt Inspection” on page 1-19.
WB146/146PS-5 2-29
OPERATION
Safety Equipment and Storage Areas
Fire Extinguisher
The machine owner must provide a fire extinguisher for the machine.
There is a storage area (1) provided in the cab to hold the fire extin-
guisher.
If you equip your machine with a fire extinguisher, learn how to use it
and where it is stored. Before starting any work operations, always
check the fire extinguisher to be sure it is charged and in good condi-
tion.
First Aid Kit

The machine owner must provide a first aid kit for the machine. There
is a storage area (1) provided in the cab to hold the first aid kit.
It is important to periodically check the first aid kit to be sure it is in
good condition and the medical supplies are not damaged or missing.
Document Storage
This area is provided for the storage of any service documents. It is also
for storing the service manual which must be kept with the machine at
all times for quick reference by the operator.
Storage Compartment
A storage compartment (1) is located on the inner side of the right
wheel well and can be reached after opening the door (2).
2-30 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
The door (2) is equipped with a lock (3).
WB146/146PS-5 2-31
OPERATION
CAB AND GUARDS

The cab offers the operator the option of a controlled environment as well as the safety of the ROPS (rollover protective struc-
ture). The guards equipped with the machine are there to protect personnel from injury due to contact with moving or hot parts.
It is important that all these structures be kept in good condition and replaced if damaged.
Cab
Doors and Windows
On the cab, the rear upper window (1) can be opened completely. When
open, the window is positioned and secured under the roof. When rais-
ing the upper window, be sure it is securely latched in place.
The rear cab window (1) can be opened only after releasing the
latches (2), then pulling and lifting the window itself. Once the window
is in the upper position, the latches (2) must lock in place to secure the
window.
The rear, side windows can be opened partially or completely.
To open them partially, proceed in this manner.
1. Release the lever (3) from the lower coupling pin (4), in the direc-
tion indicated by the arrow shown in Figure (A).
2. Lift the lever (3) with a sliding movement, and at the same time,
push the lever toward the outside of the cab. After lifting the
lever (3), push its end downwards in order to engage it in the upper
coupling pin (5), as shown in Figure (B).
2-32 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
If it is necessary to open the rear side windows completely, proceed in
this manner.
1. Release the lever (3) from the upper coupling pin (5) in the direc-
tion indicated by the arrow shown in Figure (C).
2. With the window open, lower the lever (3) until it is engaged in the
lower coupling pin (4), as shown in Figure (D).
3. Rotate the rear side windows towards the front of the machine,
until the coupling (6) is engaged in the rubber element (7), as
shown in Figure (E).
4. To close the rear side windows, turn the knob (8) and release the
rubber element (7) from the coupling (6). Close the side windows
and couple the lever (3) to the lower pin (4), as indicated in Figure
(A).
• When the rear side windows are partially open or completely

closed, they must always be locked by engaging the lever (3) with
the lower (4) or upper (5) coupling pin.
• When the rear side windows are rotated towards the front of the
machine in order to open them completely, make sure that they are
perfectly fixed in the relevant rubber elements (7).
• Periodically lubricate the rubber elements (7) with specific
greases, in order to facilitate the coupling operation.
WB146/146PS-5 2-33
OPERATION
The cab doors can be opened fully or partially. The partial opening is
available by fitting the optional retainers (9) onto mounts in the handle
supports.
Remark
Partially opened doors need an optional kit.
Remark
The doors must always be secured with the retainers, (9)
and (10), or closed.
Guards
The guards equipped with your machine are in place to protect the
operator from the machine or the environment the machine is operating
in. Never remove or modify the machine’s guards in any way. Doing so
may result in injury or even death.
Driver’s Overhead Guard

The driver’s overhead guard is designed to protect the operator from
falling objects or in a rollover situation. Always inspect the overhead
guard for damage. If damaged in any way, the integrity of the overhead
guard has been changed and should be replaced before operating the
machine.
Never drill, weld, cut, or modify any part of the driver’s overhead
guard.
2-34 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Engine Hood
When working on the engine with the hood raised:

• Do not open the hood with the engine running.
• Do not operate the machine without a hood.
• When doing maintenance with the front end loader raised, be

sure to engage the safety lock in the loader arm.
• Always lower the loader completely to the ground before open-

ing the hood.
The engine hood (2) is designed to cover the operating components in

the engine compartment. Never operate the machine without an engine
hood. To open the hood, press the lock (1) located on the right side of
the hood, then carefully swing the hood forward over the nose of the
machine.
ELECTRICAL
This machine is controlled by a series of electrical components, switches, relays, systems, etc. It is important to know where
the system shutdown and electrical protection systems are located if extra security is needed or if an electrical system should
fail.
Switches and Extra Accessories

Battery Disconnect Switch
The battery disconnect switch is used to shut the machine’s electrical
system down completely. This feature offers extra security on the job
site when the machine is unattended for long periods of time.
To use this feature, locate the switch in the right battery and tool box.
Rotate the switch counterclockwise to disconnect the electrical system.
To reconnect the electrical system, rotate the switch clockwise.
WB146/146PS-5 2-35
OPERATION
Adapter for Radio (if provided)
If the machine is provided with an aperture for the installation of a car
radio, remove the cover (10) and install the radio. Contact your distrib-
utor for assistance.
Fuses and Relays

Fuse and Relay Panel Location
The fuses and relays are grounded on a single board positioned on the
right side of the cab. Removing cover (1) exposes the fuses and relays,
if it is necessary to service them.
If an electrical system fails during operation, it is important to check
the fuses or relays first.
Once cover (1) is removed, the fuses and relays are easily accessible.
With the starter key in the “ON” position, check each fuse with a test
light. This will indicate which bank of fuses or relays has failed.
To replace a fuse or relay, the starter switch must be in the “OFF” posi-
tion.
Remark
When replacing fuses or relays, always check the condition
of the contacts for corrosion. If the panel is badly corroded,
contact your Komatsu distributor for repair. Never replace a
fuse with a fuse of higher or lower amp rating. Damage to
the electrical system may result.
2-36 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Fuse and Relay Panel Layout

Fuses
Position Color Amps Circuit

F1 Light blue 15 Front work lamps
F2 Light blue 15 Rear work lamps
F3 Violet 3 Parking lights front left and rear right, warning lamps and dash lamps
F4 Violet 3 Parking lights front right and rear left, cigarette lighter
F5 Red 10 Front horn
F6 Light blue 15 Lateral rear work lights
F7 Brown 7.5 Rear windshield wiper and rear horn
F8 Brown 7.5 Stop lights and stop light relay
F9 Light blue 15 Lateral front work lights
F10 Red 10 Front windshield wiper, windshield washer pump
F11 Brown 7.5 Boom lock solenoid valve
F12 Orange 5 Buzzer power supply, general alarm and warning lamps supply
F13 Red 10 Optional equipment, differential and 4-wheel drive solenoid power supply
WB146/146PS-5 2-37
OPERATION
Fuse
Description
Position
F14 High/low beam, horn and safety solenoid valve
F15 Engine stop solenoid, A/C relay and functions relay
F16 Rotating beacon
F17 Hour meter memory, hazard warning light
F18 Cigarette lighter and cab lamp
F19 Left and right low beam
F20 Left and right high beam
F21 Return-to-dig sensor, LSS solenoid valve, loader arm
float solenoid, return-to-dig solenoid valve and
direction indicator
F22 Joystick control lock solenoid, EC power solenoid
valve, PPC power supply
F23 Steering unit
F24 Direction indicator power supply
F25 Declutching relay, forward gear solenoid valve,
reverse gear solenoid valve and reverse alarm
F27 General system fuse, starter key, start relay, and
preheat power supply
2-38 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Relays
Relay
Description
Position
K1 Safety unit (against repeated start)
K2 Turn signal and/or flasher
K3 Low beam relay
K4 High beam relay
K5 Front horn relay
K6 Return-to-dig relay
K7 Stop light relay
K8 Start enabling relay
K9 Forward gear relay
K10 Reverse relay
K11 Directional indicator power supply relay (declutch)
K12 Machine function relay
K13 Start relay
K14 Preheating relay
K15 Multifunction unit
WB146/146PS-5 2-39
OPERATION
Heating and Air Conditioning Fuses and Relays

The fuses and relays are grouped on a single board positioned under the
storage compartment and can be reached after opening the door (1) and
removing the container (2).
The following tables indicate the characteristics and the functions of

the single fuses and relays.
Fuses
Fuse
Color Amps Circuit
Position
1 Yellow 20 1 and 2 fan speed power supply
2 Orange 40 3rd fan speed power supply
3 Brown 7.5 Refrigerant compressor
Relays
Relay
Description
Position
4 3rd fan speed relay
5 General heating relay
6 Refrigerant compressor relay
2-40 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
OPERATING THE MACHINE

Before starting your work operations, it is important to perform several procedures to be sure your equipment is safe to oper-
ate. It is also important to be aware of the hazards involved when operating your machine. Study the Safety Section of this
manual. See “PRECAUTIONS BEFORE STARTING OPERATIONS” on page 1-24 before proceeding with any work opera-
tions.
Checking the Fuel Supply

Before starting the machine, it is important to be sure that there is
enough fuel in the fuel tank. To check, turn the starter key to the “ON”
position and read the fuel gauge (1).
Add fuel if the supply is low. Leave enough space in the tank for the
fuel to expand. Never overfill the fuel tank.
Do not smoke when refueling and do not use fuel additives or mix gas-
oline with diesel fuel. These may damage fuel pump and injector parts.
Starting the Engine

Before starting the engine, be sure all personnel are clear of your work
area or travel path. To start the engine do the following procedure.
1. Place the directional control lever (1) in the neutral (N) position.
The engine will not start with the directional control lever in the
forward or reverse position.
2. Set the throttle control lever to a low idle speed.
3. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn the starter key to the
start position.
4. When the engine starts, release the key; the starter switch returns
to the “I” position automatically.
5. With the engine now running, check all the gauges and warning
indicators. Be sure the system is operating normally. Allow the
engine and hydraulic system time to warm up before starting work.
Remark
If the engine does not start within 15 seconds, release the
starter switch and wait for 30 seconds before trying again. If
it does not start, do not continue to crank the engine; dam-
age to the starter may result. Contact your Komatsu distribu-
tor for repairs.
WB146/146PS-5 2-41
OPERATION
Starting the Engine in Cold Weather
Do not use any starting fluids or ether-based product to aid in the

starting of the engine. These products may cause an explosion,
damaging the engine or causing injury.
To start the engine in cold weather or in extremely cold climates, use

the following procedures.
1. Place the directional control lever in neutral position. The engine
will not start with the directional control lever in forward or
reverse.
2. Set the throttle control to a low idle speed.
3. Turn the key to the preheat position. The preheat time is deter-
mined by the outside temperatures.
4. Once the preheat indicator goes out you are ready to crank the
engine.
5. With the accelerator depressed halfway, or fully depressed in

extremely cold weather, crank the engine until it starts. Do not
pump the accelerator pedal.
2-42 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
6. When the engine starts, release the key and accelerator pedal; the
switch returns to the “I” position automatically.
7. With the engine now running, check all the gauges and warning
indicators. Be sure that the system is operating normally. Allow the
engine and hydraulic system time to warm up before starting work.
Remark
If the engine does not start within 15 seconds, release the
starter switch and wait for 30 seconds before trying again. If
it does not start, do not continue to crank the engine; dam-
age to the starter may result. Contact your Komatsu distribu-
tor for repairs.
WB146/146PS-5 2-43
OPERATION
Warming Up the Machine

When warming the engine, especially in cold weather, it is advisable to
also warm up the hydraulic system oil. Always allow an ample amount
of time to warm up the machine. Starting work operations with a cold
machine causes excessive and unnecessary wear on parts. To warm up
the engine and hydraulic system do this procedure.
1. Unlock the front end loader control lever (4).
2. Set the throttle at a ¼ position above a low idle.
3. Raise and lower the loader boom while operating the bucket. Do
this several times to warm up the engine and hydraulic oil.
Remark
Do not accelerate or rev the engine at high speeds when cold. Damage to internal engine parts may result.
Shutting Down the Engine

After operating the machine, it is recommended that you allow the
engine to idle at a low rpm for a short period of time to cool down the
system.
To shut down the engine, proceed as follows:

• Lower all work equipment to the ground.
• Shift the directional control lever into the neutral position.
• Set the throttle at a low idle position.
• Set the parking brake.
See “PARKING THE MACHINE” on page 2-73.
• Turn the starter switch to the “OFF” position and remove the key.
Remark
Never shut the engine down at a high rpm. Always allow the engine time to idle and cool before shutting down.
2-44 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
OPERATING THE FRONT END LOADER AND BACKHOE

When preparing to operate the front end loader or backhoe, it is important to be aware of your working conditions and hazards
involved. Always study the job carefully before starting any operations. Operate within the operating parameters specified in
this manual. Never use this work equipment for something for which it was not intended, otherwise the equipment may be
damaged or the operator may be injured.
Pre-operational Checks
Before starting your machine and preceding with any work operations, it is important to be sure your machine is safe to oper-
ate. Below is a list of some basic items to check before any work begins. If any problems are found during your pre-opera-
tional check, have them repaired immediately. Never operate a machine that is unsafe, damaged or in need of repair.
Perform a Walk Around Check of Your Machine

A. Look for any obvious missing or damaged items.
B. Check the condition of the loading and backhoe buckets. Look for loose or missing attachment pins, damaged sur-
faces or missing parts.
C. Check the condition of all visible hydraulic hoses. Look for worn or leaking fittings and cut, scuffed or cracked hose
surfaces. If any hose is worn, cracked or leaking, have it repaired or replaced immediately.
D. Check for leaking or damaged hydraulic cylinders. If any cylinder is damaged or leaking have it repaired immedi-
ately.
E. Inspect the mechanical lift, dump and backhoe arms, and pivot points. Look for any loose or missing parts and
cracked, bent or damaged areas.
F. Be sure all safety decals are in place and are not damaged. Be sure they are clean and visible for all personnel to see.
G. Check the condition of the front and rear tires. Look for excess wear, cut surfaces or objects imbedded in the tire.
Check tire inflation.
H. Check under the machine for any buildup of debris or leaks. Remove any debris and repair leaks immediately.
I. Inspect the fuel tank for damage or leaks. Be sure the fill cap is installed and locked in place.
J. Be sure the steps are not damaged or covered with mud.
K. Check the condition of the cab. Inspect the windows, mirrors, handrails, work lights, directional lights and canopy for
any damage or missing parts. Be sure all locks are functional.
L. Check the exhaust stack. Be sure it is not damaged, kinked or restricted in any way. Be sure the exhaust outlet is fac-
ing away from the cab and is not restricted.
WB146/146PS-5 2-45
OPERATION
Under the Hood

A. Open the hood and check all fluid levels. Be sure they are at the specified level outlined in the Maintenance section.
B. Check the engine and radiator and remove any trash, wood chips, rubbish, leaves or other flammable materials. Look
for buildup of oil or dust as well. Keep these areas clean.
C. Inspect all fuel lines for signs of leakage or deterioration. If the fuel lines are deteriorated or leaking, have them
replaced or repaired immediately.
D. Inspect the hydraulic tank for damage or leaks. Be sure the fill cap is installed and secure.
E. Be sure the hood closes properly and will lock securely to prevent tampering by others.
In the Operator’s Cab

A. Check the condition of the cab floor. Be sure it is clean and free from tools, objects, excess dirt, trash and grease.
B. Check to be sure both doors open and close properly. Be sure the right door is unlocked for safety purpose.
C. Check the windows for cleanliness; remove any stickers or objects applied to the windows.
D. Make sure the fire extinguisher is in place and in operating condition.
E. Be sure the operator’s manual, safety manual and all cab safety decals are in place and in good condition.
F. Check that the seat and seat belt work properly.
Start-up Checks
When performing start-up checks, be sure your machine is in a well-ventilated area.
A. Start the engine and allow it to idle at a low rpm.
B. Check the operation of all gauges and warning systems. Be sure they all operate normally.
C. Check the operation of all switches. Be sure the lights, wipers, directional, horn and warning flashers and alarms
work properly.
D. Check the brakes, throttle operation and steering wheel. Be sure they are clean and free from dirt or grease.
E. Check the operation of all work controls.
Remark
It is important that a pre-operational check be performed at the beginning of your work shift, even if you are
taking the machine operations over from another operator. Always perform a pre-operational check before you
start work.
2-46 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
STARTING YOUR WORK

Before starting any work operations it is important to be aware of several dangerous situations related to a backhoe loader.
Although KOMATSU cannot predict all dangerous situations, the following are situations of which you should be aware. For
more information on safe operation of the machine, see Section 1 - SAFETY.
• Do not start the engine if warning tags have been attached to the steering wheel or control levers.
• Sound your horn to warn others in the area before starting the engine or operating the machine.
• Operate the machine when you are in a seated position only, with the seat belt fastened snugly around your waist.
• Do not allow anyone in the cab or on the machine during operations.
• Check the work area to be sure all personnel are clear of the machine and your swing area.
Avoid Dangerous Situations

• Avoid traveling with the bucket raised. Raising the bucket also
raises the center of gravity on the machine.
• Traveling with a raised bucket, especially a loaded bucket, may
result in loss of control or a rollover situation. Never raise the
bucket unless the machine is stopped.
• If you must travel with the bucket raised and loaded, always travel
a short distance at a slow, controllable speed and on level ground.
• Never attempt to make sharp turns or stop the machine suddenly as
this may cause the machine to tip forward.
• Always handle unstable loads carefully. Avoid tipping the bucket

back or raising the load too high.
• Be sure to operate the work equipment carefully and keep the load
as close to the ground as possible. If you must travel with an unsta-
ble load, be sure that you are on level, firm ground and travel at a
slow safe speed.
WB146/146PS-5 2-47
OPERATION
• Do not use the bucket or lift arms as a crane. The lifted object may
swing or shift, causing the machine to tip, sway or possibly roll
over.
• Never work under overhangs or excavated bank areas. These could

collapse and damage the machine or injure the operator.
• Never pick the machine up or reposition it using the work equip-

ment.
• Loss of control or a rollover situation may result. Keep in mind
that the work equipment is for digging, scooping and loading oper-
ations.
• Never allow other personnel in your work area while the machine
is in operation. The possibility of the work equipment blocking
your view during operations may result in injury to that person.
2-48 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
• When digging a trench with the backhoe work equipment, always
be aware of the ground condition and never attempt to dig too
close or under the machine. The possibility of the machine falling
into the excavated site increases the closer the excavation is to the
machine.
• If someone approaches you while you are operating the machine,

stop all operations immediately and signal the person not to
approach until the work equipment is lowered to the ground and it
is safe for them to approach. Do not touch any of the machine con-
trols again until the person has moved out of your work area and is
at a safe distance.
• When possible, lock the controls until it is safe to resume work.
WB146/146PS-5 2-49
OPERATION
Working Clearances
It is necessary to be aware of the clearances around, in front, behind
and especially above your work area or travel route. Always be aware
of your machine’s traveling height.
• The backhoe boom and arm on this machine stick up at least 914.4
mm (3 ft) above the canopy and cannot be seen during loader,
travel or transport situations.
• If the backhoe boom or arm strikes an object, the machine may be
damaged or somebody injured.
High Voltage Lines

• When working or traveling in an area where clearances are a prob-
lem, travel at a slow, cautious speed.
• If you are not sure of your clearances, request the aid of another
person who can guide or warn you if you get too close to objects.
• Be aware of the dangers when working around overhead electrical
lines. High humidity may pose an electrical hazard even if your
machine clears the overhead power lines.
• If your machine comes in contact with overhead electrical lines,
stop the machine and remain on the machine until the power com-
pany clears the lines and it is safe to get off or move the machine.
• If low power lines pose a danger, ask the power company to
remove the lines until your work is finished.
Voltage Safe Distance

100V-200V 2m
Low voltage
6,600V 2m
22,000V 3m
66,000V 4m
154,000V 5m
Special high voltage
187,000V 6m
275,000V 7m
500,000V 11 m
2-50 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Operating the Front End Loader

Before using the front end loader, be sure front end loader lock (A) is
unlocked. When operating the front end loader, you must be seated in
the operator’s seat with the seat belt fastened snugly around your waist.
Be sure both outriggers are up and locked. Be sure the backhoe unit is
locked and pinned. See “Backhoe Locks” on page 2-69. Check your
work area to be sure no personnel are near you. Sound your horn before
beginning work operations.
When operating the front end loader:

• Always keep the bucket as close to the ground as possible.
• Never raise or lower the bucket while traveling. Always come

to a complete stop when raising or lowering the loader bucket.
• Avoid lowering the bucket too quickly; damage to the lift arm
cylinders may result.
• When traveling with a loaded bucket, maintain a height of

50 cm (20 in) above the ground.
• When loader operations are completed, lower the loader

bucket to the ground and set the loader lock.
• Avoid sharp turns with a loaded bucket.
• When loading the bucket, never ram a load at high speeds and
never overload the bucket.
WB146/146PS-5 2-51
OPERATION
Control Lever Positions

Loader Bucket and Arm Operations
When the control lever is moved forward or backward and at right and
left angles, the bucket and arm move in the positions indicated in the
illustration.
N - Neutral position (no boom or bucket movement)
A - Bucket curl back
B - Arm lower
C - Bucket dump
D - Arm raise
E - Arm in free float position
F - Self leveling (return to dig)
Dual Functional Bucket and Arm Positions
When the lever is operated in the direction shown in the illustration, a
dual function of the bucket and arm can be achieved.
N - Neutral position (no boom or bucket movement)
A - Arm lowering - Bucket curling
B - Arm lowering - Bucket dumping
C - Arm raising - Bucket dumping
D - Arm raising - Bucket curling
Multipurpose Bucket Opening Push Button

On machines equipped with a multipurpose (4-in-1) bucket, the bucket
is controlled by the push button (12) positioned on the loader control
lever. Press the button to open the bucket; when the button is released,
the bucket stops.
Remark
Multipurpose Bucket Close Push Button

On machines equipped with a multipurpose (4-in-1) bucket, closing the
bucket is controlled by the push button (13) positioned on the loader
control lever. Press the button to fold the bucket; when the button is
released, the bucket stops.
Remark
Do not use the “Arm In Free Float Position” when traveling
forward. The bucket will dig in and lift the machine. The float
feature should only be used when traveling in reverse, per-
forming grading operations.
2-52 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Performing Loading Operations

Before performing loading operations, the operator must become familiar with the loader controls and their positions. The
operator must also be familiar with all safety issues implicated in these operations. Failure to do so may result in damage to the
machine or injury to the operator.
Bucket Position Indicator
The bucket position indicator shows the operator the position of the
front bucket with respect to the ground. The horizontal position of the
bucket, parallel to the ground, is determined by the return of the rod (1)
to the reference level (2). If the machine is provided with the automatic
RETURN-TO-DIG device, the horizontal, parallel position of the
bucket with respect to the ground is determined by the sensor (3)
located on the cylinder and is reached when the sensor does not detect
the rod (1) any longer. In case of malfunction of the device, check and
if necessary carry out the required adjustments. To adjust the sensor,
see “Adjusting Automatic Return of Front Bucket to the Digging Posi-
tion” on page 3-33 (if installed).
Organizing Your Work Area
Before starting any loading operations it is important to be sure that
your work area is safe and clear of any obstacles or hazards that may
hinder your operations, damage the equipment or cause an accident.
Check the ground to be sure it is level and firm.
Study the loading pattern you will be using. The illustration gives an
example of a simple loading pattern used by most operators.
Before starting your operations, sound the horn and be sure all person-
nel are away from your work area.
Remark
When using the declutch button during loader operations,
always bring the machine to a full stop before changing
speed ranges.
Loading Heaped Material

The efficiency of loading the bucket depends on how the operator starts
the loading process.
1. If equipped with the 4-wheel drive feature, engage this feature
when loading the bucket to increase loading efficiency.
WB146/146PS-5 2-53
OPERATION
2. Level the bucket and set it on the ground. Shift into a lower speed
range and set the machine in 4-wheel drive.
3. Start moving into the pile from several feet away.
4. Once the bucket is in the pile, raise the bucket slightly to put
weight on the front; begin curling the bucket back while continu-
ing to move into the pile. This will keep the material from falling
under the front of the bucket thus losing part of your load.
Remark
Avoid allowing the tires to slip when entering a pile; damage
to the tires may result.
5. Once the bucket is full, stop moving into the pile and begin raising
the load while continuing to curl the bucket back.
6. Raise the arm enough to allow the material in the bucket to fall
toward the back of the bucket and level off.
7. Lower the bucket back down to approximately 50 cm (20 in) above

the ground and back out of the pile of material.
8. Proceed slowly and cautiously toward your destination.
Always travel with the load as close to the ground as possible. Remember, the higher you raise the load, the higher the
center of gravity on the machine, making your machine unstable and prone to a rollover situation. Always take corners
slowly and cautiously. Never raise the load while traveling.
2-54 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Loading a Truck Bed or Trailer

When loading a truck bed or trailer, always start your loading toward the front of the bed. Approach the truck or trailer slowly
and cautiously, keeping the load as close to the ground as possible and the front end of the machine parallel with the truck or
trailer. At your point of deposit, stop, raise the load, and move toward the truck or trailer slowly. Once you are over the center
of the bed, deposit your load; back up far enough to clear the truck or trailer and lower your empty bucket.
Working on Slopes with a Loaded Bucket

Working on a slope can be dangerous if safety and some basic precau-
tions are not observed. Respect the following precautions.
• Always check the work area for snow, landslides, gravel, loose
ground and anything that may suddenly modify the work condi-
tions and stability of the machine.
• Shift the machine into a low gear range. Do not change gear ranges
or press any feature buttons when traveling up or down slopes.
• When traveling up the slope, the front loader bucket must always
be directed toward the top of the incline.
• When traveling down a slope with the bucket loaded, travel with
the loaded bucket facing the top of the incline, backing the
machine down the incline.
• Always keep the bucket at least 50 cm (20 in) above the ground.
Never raise the bucket while traveling on a slope.
• Never turn on a slope or travel at an angle on the slope.
• Travel up or down the slope at a slow, controllable speed.
Remark
If the machine starts to tip with the bucket loaded, lower the
bucket and load to the ground immediately to quickly help
stabilize the machine and lower the center of gravity.
WB146/146PS-5 2-55
OPERATION
Changing the Front Bucket
When changing front loader buckets always wear gloves and eye pro-
tection. To change the front bucket do this procedure.
1. Position the bucket and machine on level ground.
2. Remove the bolts (1) and coupling pins (2).
3. Exchange the bucket (3), being careful to completely clean the

pins and bushings before installing them.
4. Reinstall the bolts and tighten them in place.
5. Lubricate all pin locations.
Never use your fingers or hands to line up the pin or bolt holes. If hole alignment is not correct, use a steel drift to line
up parts.
2-56 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Operating the Backhoe

Before performing any backhoe operations the operator must become familiar with the backhoe controls and their locations.
The operator must also learn to perform these operations safely. Failure to do so may result in machine damage, injury or
death.
PPC Controls
When sitting in the backhoe position, the controls are located to the
operator's left and right. In the standard configuration, the left
joystick (18) controls the arm and boom swing, while the right joystick
(19) controls the boom and bucket. Magnetic, 2-sided, control decals
are located in front of each joystick to indicate joystick functions.
The joystick functions can be changed by switching the pattern change
valve. Always test the controls before beginning backhoe operations to
ensure the joystick functions correspond to the control decals. If neces-
sary, flip decals over to the proper side or change the backhoe control
pattern.
To use the backhoe controls, do the following procedure.

1. With the machine at rest and the engine off, rotate the seat to the
backhoe position and adjust seat and armrests to comfortable posi-
tions as needed.
2. Adjust both joysticks to comfortable positions.
3. Fasten seat belt then start the engine.
4. Press the control lock button (A) to activate controls (LED off).
5. Operate backhoe as needed.
6. When work is completed, stow backhoe in its locked position then

press the control lock button (A) to deactivate controls (LED on).
7. Before rotating the seat to the driving position, return joysticks to

the vertical position toward rear window.
Remark
Joystick functions are deactivated when the control lock but-
ton (A) is in the locked position (LED on).
Adjusting the Backhoe Controls
Joysticks may be adjusted to accommodate the operator's size and pref-
erence.
• The operator can move the joystick towers forward or backward
independently.
• Adjustable stops on the floor allow the operator to quickly move
joysticks to preferred positions, reducing the need to readjust and
reset joystick positions each time the backhoe control is used.
• Each joystick also has a wrist support that can be adjusted up or
down as needed to improve operator comfort.
WB146/146PS-5 2-57
OPERATION
Adjusting Joystick Positions

To adjust a joystick's position, do this procedure.
1. Reset tower stop to original position by loosening the knob (4)
located on floor in front of joystick tower. Turn knob counter-
clockwise (B) until it no longer turns. Knob will feel loose during
this step.
2. Press and hold the lever (2) under the wrist support toward the joy-
stick. This unlocks the joystick's tower to move forward and back-
ward.
3. Slowly move the tower to the desired position then release the
lever (2) to lock the tower in place.
4. To quickly return to this position in the future, set tower stop by

turning the knob (4) clockwise (A) until hand tight.
5. Return joystick towers to the vertical, stow position by pressing

and holding the lever (2) then moving both towers away from the
operator.
Remark
Return joystick towers to the stow position when backhoe
controls are not being used to avoid interference when rotat-
ing the seat to the driving position.
2-58 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Adjusting Wrist Supports

To adjust the height of the wrist supports, do this procedure.
1. Loosen knob (3) by turning it counterclockwise (B) until loose.
2. Raise or lower the wrist support (A) to the desired position.
3. Secure wrist support position by turning knob (3) clockwise (C)

until hand tight. Do not over tighten!
Remark
To reduce fatigue, the operator's arms should rest on the
seat's armrests. The wrist supports only provide additional
support. Adjust the seat armrests and joystick wrist supports
to comfortable positions so the operator's arms are in-line with
the armrests, wrist supports and joystick controls.
Adjusting Stow Position (Cab Only)
To prevent interference with joysticks when opening and closing the
rear window, there should be about 60 mm (2.36 in) clearance between
joysticks and the window. If clearance is less than 60 mm (2.36 in),
adjust the stow position in the following manner.
1. Move towers toward operator seat.
2. Under the floormat, locate stop bolts (E) and nuts (F) between the
towers and rear window sill. Loosen nuts.
3. Move towers toward rear window leaving at least 60 mm clear-

ance.
4. Adjust stop bolts (E) until snug against towers.
5. Tighten nuts (F) to secure stop bolts in place.
WB146/146PS-5 2-59
OPERATION
Unlocking the Backhoe

After adjusting the controls, operate the boom up-down and boom
swing joystick controls carefully to relieve the pressure on the safety
locks (2) and (3). Once the pressure on the backhoe locks have been
released, you are now able to remove the safety lock pin (3) and unlock
the backhoe boom (2).
1. Be sure the machine directional control is set in a neutral position.
2. Remove outrigger locks and backhoe lock pin (3).
Be careful when removing the lock pin. Never reach over the con-
trol levers to remove the pin; you may accidently bump a lever and
activate the backhoe work equipment.
3. Place pin in holding location.
4. Retract the backhoe locking mechanism.

See “SAFETY LOCK USAGE” on page 2-67.
5. Sit down and fasten the seat belt snugly around your waist.
6. Unlock the backhoe controls (2).
2-60 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Pattern Change Control Lever

• Before using the pattern change control lever to change the
machine’s operating pattern, lower the work equipment to the
ground and stop the engine.
• After changing the control operating pattern and before checking
the movements of the machine, make sure that the area is clear of
obstacles and that no one is standing in the range of movement of
the machine.
• After changing the control operating pattern, carry out the first
movements slowly and very carefully, to understand the new con-
trols correctly and to avoid any damage or fatal injury that may be
caused by incorrect movements.
• The pattern change control (20) is positioned on the rear central
part of the cab floor and allows the operator to choose the preferred
control pattern.
• The pattern change control lever (20) has two positions:
• ISO PATTERN - Lever in position B (Standard)
• KOMATSU PATTERN - Lever in position C (Optional)
• The control lever (20) is held in place by a safety screw (D). When
changing the control pattern, raise the mat and loosen the safety
screw (D) to release the lever (20). Select the desired control pat-
tern by rotating the lever (20) and securing it in its place with the
safety screw (D). Place the mat back in position.
• All movements of the boom and the equipment are disabled when
the safety button is in the locked position.
• Before moving the machine, the operator must make sure that the
control pattern selected with the lever (20) corresponds to the con-
trol pattern indicated on the front part of the respective joysticks. If
necessary, flip the magnetic control pattern diagrams over to the
correct pattern.
WB146/146PS-5 2-61
OPERATION
ISO Backhoe Controls

★ Left joystick control lever (single movement)
N - Neutral
A - Boom swing to the left
B - Arm extend
C - Boom swing to the right
D - Arm retract
★ Right joystick control lever (single movement)

N - Neutral
A - Bucket curl
B - Boom lower
C - Bucket open
D - Boom raise
Moving the control levers at angles yields two simultaneous movements:

★ Left joystick control lever (combined)
N - Neutral
A - Arm extend - Boom swing left
B - Arm extend - Boom swing right
C - Arm retract - Boom swing right
D - Arm retract - Boom swing left
★ Right joystick control lever (combined)

N - Neutral
A - Boom lower - Bucket curl
B - Boom lower - Bucket open
C - Boom raise - Bucket open
D - Boom raise - Bucket curl
2-62 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Komatsu Backhoe Controls

★ Left control lever (single movement)
N - Neutral
A - Boom swing to the left
B - Boom lower
C - Boom swing to the right
D - Boom raise
★ Right control lever (single movement)

N - Neutral
A - Bucket curl
B - Arm extend
C - Bucket open
D - Arm retract
Moving the control levers at angles yields two simultaneous movements:

★ Left control lever (combined)
N - Neutral
A - Boom lower and swing to the left
B - Boom lower and swing to the right
C - Boom raise and swing to the right
D - Boom raise and swing to the left
★ Right control lever (combined)

N - Neutral
A - Arm extend - Bucket curl
B - Arm extend - Bucket open
C - Arm retract - Bucket open
D - Arm retract - Bucket curl
Remark
Remember the power in the backhoe unit is the breakout
feature when excavating or lifting. Do not use the backhoe
unit to pick up, reposition or swing the machine to the left or
right. Doing so will damage the swing cylinders or possibly
tip the machine over.
WB146/146PS-5 2-63
OPERATION
Positioning the Machine
Now that you have reviewed the operation of the control levers (joy-
stick), you are ready to excavate with the backhoe unit. These are the
final procedures needed to prepare the machine for excavating.
1. Lay the front bucket flat on the ground.
2. Lower both outriggers (16 and 17) at the same time lifting the
machine evenly and squarely. Be sure both outriggers are com-
pletely extended together. Never operate the backhoe without low-
ering the outriggers and do not lower the outriggers one at a time.
Remark
When retracting the outriggers, bring both outriggers up
slowly and at the same time, lowering the machine evenly
and squarely back down.
★ Proper Position For Using The Backhoe Work Equipment.
3. Set the throttle at the proper rpm speed (1500 to 1600 rpm).
See “Brakes, Parking Brake, Accelerator, and Throttle Control” on page 2-24.
4. Position the machine as shown in the illustration above. Lower the bucket (1) to the ground. Continue lowering until the
front wheels (2) come off the ground 5 cm (2 in). Be sure both outriggers (3) are firmly on the ground.
5. Check that your work area and boom swing radius are clear of all obstacles. Before starting your operations, be sure all
personnel are outside the working radius.
6. When you are ready to start your excavation operations, sound the horn.
Remark
Call before you dig. See “STARTING YOUR WORK” on page 2-47.
2-64 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Digging Methods
Be careful when excavating a deep trench. The machine is capable of excavating the surface underneath the outrig-
gers thus causing the machine to fall into the excavated trench. Always be aware of this.
• To start, position the bucket at a slight penetration angle into the soil shown below in the first illustration on the left.
• Begin retracting the arm while raising the boom simultaneously. Take care not to lift the machine when performing this
part of the operation. Keep the bucket’s leading edge parallel with the surface being excavated.
• At the end of your stroke or when the bucket is full, curl the bucket while keeping it level with the ground. Raise the boom
and lift the arm and bucket out of the excavated site.
• Once the bucket is at clearance height, swing the boom to the right or left depending on your deposit point. Lower the
boom and dump the full bucket, extending or retracting the arm if needed.
• When excavating a trench at a depth shown in the illustrations on the right, simultaneously retract the arm, raise the boom
and curl the bucket while keeping the leading edge of the bucket at a slight penetration angle into the soil almost parallel
with the surface being excavated.
CORRECT
The bucket works best with its flat surface or cutting
edge tipped down slightly almost parallel to the ground.
INCORRECT
The bucket is thrust downward reducing the breakout
force and filling the bucket too quickly.
INCORRECT
The bucket is pushed upward, lifting the machine
thus not filling the bucket.
Sequence 1-2-3 shows the proper way to excavate a trench. Always keep
the cutting edge of the bucket tipped down slightly but parallel with the
surface being excavated.
WB146/146PS-5 2-65
OPERATION
Changing the Backhoe Bucket

Wear gloves and eye protection when changing backhoe buckets.
Change the bucket in this manner.
1. Position the bucket and machine on level ground.
2. Remove pin (1) and the arm connection pin (2).
3. Exchange the bucket, taking care to completely clean the pins and
bushings before installing them.
4. Reinstall the safety stop (3).
5. Lubricate all pin locations.
Adjusting the Bucket

Depending upon what type of excavating operations you will be doing,
the bucket can be adjusted to a setting for two positions.
Pos. 1: Normal digging operations ensures more breakout power to
the bucket.
Pos. 2: Suitable for operations on vertical walls, ensures the maxi-

mum movement and digging height on walls. In this position the
breakout force is reduced.
Never use your fingers or hands to line up the pin or bolt holes. If hole alignment is not correct, use a steel drift to line
up parts.
2-66 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
SAFETY LOCK USAGE

When it is necessary to perform maintenance, repairs or to travel on roads, it is important to be aware of the safety locks pro-
vided with the machine. It is also important to know how to use these locks and when to use them. Failure to observe these pre-
cautions and use the equipped safety equipment may result in a serious accident or injury.
Safety locks should be used when:

• Performing any maintenance on the machine
• When traveling on roads
• When the machine is unattended
Front End Loader Cylinder Lock

In illustration (A), the front end loader cylinder lock (1) must be used
any time you will be performing maintenance on the machine with the
front end loader raised. To use the cylinder lock:
1. See illustration (B). Remove the cylinder lock assembly pin (2),
holding on to the lock unit (1).
2. Using both hands, lower the lock unit (1) down from its storage
position and remove it from the lift arm.
3. Raise the front end loader unit completely in the air extending the
lifting cylinders.
4. Install the cylinder lock (1) in the position shown in illustration

(A), keeping the safety pin boss against the lift cylinder gland nut.
5. Insert the safety pin (2) completely into the predrilled holes and
lock the pin in place with the smaller pin provided.
6. Slowly lower the front end loader unit until it makes contact with
the cylinder lock.
7. Check to be sure the cylinder lock is securely in place before pro-

ceeding with any procedures under the front end loader.
WB146/146PS-5 2-67
OPERATION
8. Using safety lock (11) in the operator’s cab, lock the loader control
before proceeding with any repair or service operations.
9. When your work is completed, unlock safety lock (11) in the oper-
ator’s cab and raise the front end loader up slightly to relieve pres-
sure on the cylinder lock.
10. Carefully remove the small pin and the safety pin (2). With both
hands, remove the cylinder lock (1) completely.
11. Lower the front end loader completely to the ground.
12. Re-install the cylinder safety lock (1) in the storage location on the
left lift arm shown in illustration (B).
Always keep the cylinder safety lock with the machine. Never use a substitute or damaged cylinder lock. If it is missing
or damaged, have it replaced immediately.
2-68 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Backhoe Locks
The backhoe locks are used to secure the backhoe unit in a travel position. These locks must be used when traveling with the
machine or using the front end loader. To use the backhoe lock:
1. When the machine is in operation and the backhoe is being oper-
ated, the boom lock for the backhoe should be disengaged.
2. To engage the backhoe boom lock, locate the switch positioned on

the left instrument panel. This raises the boom locks.
3. Fold the arm, boom and bucket up completely.
4. Once the arm, boom and bucket are folded up completely, press the
boom lock switch to lower the boom locking device (2).
5. Once the locking device (2) is set, center the backhoe unit to align
the lock pin holes in the backhoe mounting boss.
6. Remove the centering pin (3) from its holding location and insert it
into one of the locking holes in the backhoe mounting boss.
7. Be sure the pin (3) drops down completely and is flush with the top
of the backhoe boss. Keep in mind that once the lock pin (3) is
installed, the backhoe assembly will not swing.
8. Once the pin (3) is in place, lock the backhoe controls.
9. Move the controls to verify that they are locked.
10. If you will be traveling or using the front end loader for a long
period of time, you may want to lock the outriggers in place to
avoid possible hydraulic drift.
11. To lock the outriggers, completely raise both outriggers.
12. Install the locking safety cables (6) on both outriggers.
Remark
The lock pin and the safety cables must remain with the
machine. If they are lost or damaged, they must be replaced.
WB146/146PS-5 2-69
OPERATION
TRAVELING WITH THE MACHINE

Before traveling with the machine, it is important to know all the control functions and relevant safety regulations for the area
in which you will be traveling. Observe all local and state traffic safety laws. Travel at a safe, controllable speed.
Traveling
The operator must be seated with the seat belt fastened snugly around
the waist. Position the seat so you are comfortable and able to see all
areas around you and have easy access to all controls.
The illustration to the right shows the proper travel posture for the
machine. The backhoe must be fully retracted and locked in place as
well as both outriggers. See “Backhoe Locks” on page 2-69.
★ Always keep the bucket at least 50 cm (20 in) above the ground.
Be aware of the additional height posed by the backhoe boom. The

boom extends 1 m (3 ft) above the canopy and cannot be seen by
the operator when the machine is in the travel posture.
• Ensure both brake pedals are locked.

★ See “Brake Pedals” on page 2-24.
• Set the engine at an idle.
• Once all personnel are clear of your travel path, place your foot on
the brake pedals and release the parking brake.
Never drive up to someone standing in front of your machine’s path

of travel. Be sure they are standing to the side and are aware of
your approach. If the brakes should fail, the possibility of running
someone over becomes greater when they are standing in front of
your machine’s path.
• Select the desired speed range suitable for travel. If you will be
traveling in a higher speed range, always start out at a lower speed
range and shift up to the higher ranges.
2-70 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
• When you are ready to move, place the directional control lever in
the (F) forward or (R) reverse position.
• Sound your horn and proceed in the desired travel direction.
If you are traveling in the higher speed ranges and the machine
starts to rock forward and backward, slow the machine down to
reduce or stop this action. Failure to do so may result in loss of
control when traveling.
Traveling on Slopes
Operating on damp ground, slopes, or on river banks could cause the
machine to slip or possibly roll over. Extreme caution should be
observed when traveling in these conditions.
• Travel on slopes with the bucket at a height of 20 to 30 cm (8 to 12
in) above the ground. The loaded bucket should always face the
top of the slope.
• Avoid changing speed ranges when on a slope. Always set the
machine in a low speed range for travel on a slope. Never use the
feature buttons when the machine is on a slope. Loss of control
may result.
• Before traveling up a slope, set the machine in a low speed range.
Check your fuel supply to ensure you do not run out of fuel on the
slope. Check your brakes to be sure they are locked together and in
good working condition.
• Always travel straight up or straight down the slope. Never turn or
travel sideways on the slope or incline. Doing so may cause the
machine to roll over.
• Always be aware of your travel surfaces. Wet leaves, grass or mud
may hinder your control.
WB146/146PS-5 2-71
OPERATION
• When traveling up a slope with an empty bucket, travel with the
bucket curled upward at a height of 20 to 30 cm (8 to 12 in) above
the ground.
• If the machine should lose control or slide, lower the bucket to the
ground immediately to help stabilize the machine.
• Never shift into Neutral when on a slope.
• When traveling down a slope with an empty bucket, travel with the
bucket curled downward at a height of 20 to 30 cm (8 to 12 in)
above the ground.
• If the machine loses control or slides, lower the bucket to the
ground immediately to help stabilize the machine.
• Never shift into Neutral when on a slope.
Traveling or Working in Swampy or Wet

Areas
If you will be traveling or working in areas where the machine will be immersed in water, always check water depth, ground
stability and current flow first.
Do not operate the machine in water deeper than 50 cm (20 in). A depth deeper than 50 cm (20 in) may damage the machine.
After you have completed your work or travel through water or muddy areas, always clean the machine and lubricate any
components that may have been immersed in mud or water.
2-72 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
PARKING THE MACHINE

The Komatsu backhoe is designed to be parked in a secure manner.
Whether you leave the machine for a short or long period of time, it is
important to use all the security features provided with your machine.
Parking for Short Periods of Time

If you are leaving the machine for a short period of time, find a flat,
level surface to park on.
1. Lower the work equipment to the ground and place the directional
control in the (N) neutral position.
2. Turn the engine off and remove the ignition key.
3. Set the parking brake.
Parking for Long Periods of Time

The danger of having a child or an unauthorized person tampering with
the machine while unattended for a long period of time is quite possi-
ble. To avoid an accident, follow the same procedures as described
above.
The machine is equipped with a series of key-operated locks. It is
important that these locks work properly and are used when the
machine is unattended for a long period of time.
You are responsible for the security of your equipment when it is unat-
tended. Properly locking and securing the equipment will help protect
it from unauthorized access.
Parking Posture
The above illustration shows the proper parking posture. It is important to lower all work equipment and neutralize their con-
trols. This includes front end loader, backhoe unit and outriggers.
Once the work equipment is lowered, lock the controls. See “SAFETY LOCK USAGE” on page 2-67.
WB146/146PS-5 2-73
OPERATION
Parking on an Incline
Parking on slopes, hills or any kind of an incline is not recommended.
If at all possible, park the machine on a flat, level surface. However,
this is sometimes not possible and if you must park on a slope, do so in
this manner.
1. Lower the front end loader and dig the cutting edge into the ground
several inches. Be sure the bucket is tipped forward to help keep
the digging force in a downward position.
2. Move the control lever into the “Free Float” position.
3. Place blocks under both front and rear wheels to help secure the
machine in place.
4. When setting the backhoe on the ground, dig the bucket teeth into
the ground to help hold the machine in place. Do not raise the back
end of the machine up when doing this procedure.
Never park the machine with the wheels off the ground. The danger
of the machine dropping onto someone becomes possible when
the machine is unattended. Always lower the work equipment and
machine to the ground fully when parking the machine.
2-74 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE

Before transporting the machine, be sure what you are using to transport the machine is capable of supporting the weight of the
machine. It must be wide enough and rated for the load.
Loading and Securing the Machine

1. Be sure the area where you will be loading the machine is flat and
dry.
2. Check the ramps and support surface for damage, weak spots,
missing boards or excess wear. If these surfaces look unsafe, too
weak or unstable, do not load the machine. Be sure the loading
equipment and transportation equipment are in good condition and
rated for your load.
3. Locate the tie down and transportation brackets on the machine.

Be sure they are in good condition.
4. While preparing to load the machine, verify that loading ramps are no higher than 15°.
5. Position the machine squarely with the ramps. Raise the loader bucket high enough to clear all surfaces.
6. Travel up the ramp at a slow speed in low range. Position the

bucket (1) facing forward and travel straight up the ramp.
7. Once the machine has been loaded, rest the front bucket on the
floor; set the machine in neutral and set the parking brake.
8. Lower the backhoe (2) to the floor and set all control locks, includ-
ing the backhoe lock pin. See “PARKING THE MACHINE” on
page 2-73.
9. Turn the ignition key off and remove the key.
Secure the machine with tie-downs/chains (4) at the anchor points

shown in illustrations above.
To help keep the machine in position, place blocks (3) in front and behind the front and rear wheels for extra support. Protect
the exhaust stack (5) from moisture if needed.
WB146/146PS-5 2-75
OPERATION
LIFTING THE MACHINE
Use a crane properly rated to handle the machine’s weight and size. The person operating the crane to lift the machine
MUST be a qualified crane operator.
• Do not lift the machine with a person in the cab or on the machine.
• Use a wire rope that has ample strength for the weight of the machine being lifted. The operating weight of the WB146/
146PS-5 is 7,300 kg (16,090 lb).
• Keep the machine horizontal when lifting it.
• Never enter the area under or around a raised machine. There is danger that the machine may lose its balance.
• Before lifting the machine, take the following steps to prevent the machine from unexpectedly moving.
• Set the parking brake lever to the LOCK position.
• If equipped with telescopic arm, lock the sliding arm to prevent accidental extension.
• Engage the backhoe boom safety coupling.
• Press the work equipment control switch to the LOCK position.
• Insert the backhoe lock pin to lock the backhoe arm in position.
• Connect outriggers safety cables.
When lifting the machine, the wire rope must be fitted correctly or the machine may fall and cause serious injury or
even death.
Remark
The lifting procedure applies to machines with standard specifications.
The method of lifting may differ depending on the attachments and options installed.
For details about lifting a machine that does not conform to standard specifications, contact your Komatsu
distributor.
LIFTING POSITION MARKS
2-76 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
LIFTING PROCEDURE
★ Machine must be on firm, level ground.
1. Start the engine. Make sure the machine is horizontal; then set the
work equipment to the travel posture (A).
(A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 - 50 cm (16 - 20 in)
2. The telescopic arm is equipped with a safety element (6) that locks
the sliding arm (2) when it is completely retracted and prevents
any accidental extension. The safety element (6), held in its seat by
the retainer (7), must be inserted to prevent the extension of the
arm as shown in Figure A. For more details, see "Safety Devices"
in the "OPTIONS, ATTACHMENTS" section.
3. Raise and center the backhoe boom and engage the safety cou-
pling.
4. Press the work equipment control switch until the light on the
switch is illuminated indicating the front and rear work equipment
controls are locked.
WB146/146PS-5 2-77
OPERATION
5. Install the lock pin.
When installing the backhoe lock pin, be careful not to get caught
between the backhoe frame and boom. Never reach over the back-
hoe controls to install the lock pin. There is the possibility that you
may bump one of the control levers causing the backhoe work
equipment to move; or you may lose your balance and fall into the
work equipment. Always install the lock pin while standing on the
ground.
6. Connect the safety cables to prevent accidental lowering of the

outriggers.
7. Use wire ropes and slings that match the weight of the machine.
The operating weight of the WB146/146PS-5 is 7,300 kg (16,090
lb). Wind the wire rope and fix it to the lifting points as shown in
"Lifting Position Marks."
Remark
Use protectors so that the wire ropes do not break at
sharp edges or narrow places.
Use threaders and bars having sufficient width so that
the slings and wire ropes do not touch the machine.
8. Clear the area of unwarranted personnel. Make sure enough

ground guides are available to keep the area clear.
9. Lift the machine about 100 - 200 mm (4 - 8 in) above the ground.
10. Make sure that the wire ropes are not slack and that the machine is level. If ropes require adjustment, lower the machine
back to the ground first.
11. If the wire ropes are taut and the machine is level, continue to lift the machine slowly. Provide signals to the crane opera-
tor and observe areas the crane operator cannot see.
2-78 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
EMERGENCY RECOVERY
The machine is equipped with emergency recovery hooks for emergency recovery only. The machine is not designed to be
towed in any manner, especially by the loader or backhoe unit. These hooks are only for temporary use to get the machine into
a secure area so the proper repairs can be made.
How to Move the Machine

If the machine gets stuck, breaks down, or runs out of fuel and cannot
be moved under its own power, it is important to follow some simple
procedures:
• Place all the controls in neutral and disengage the 4-wheel drive
system before moving the machine.
• Using the recovery hooks and towing cables rated at F=6200 dN
(13,938 lb), tow the machine just far enough to carry out essential
repairs.
• Never tow the machine at an angle; always tow the machine in a
straight line.
• Be sure the tow cables are the same length when towing.
Never stand next to the tow lines when towing the machine. The
cable or chain could break, causing injury. Always stay clear of tow-
ing equipment.
WB146/146PS-5 2-79
OPERATION
PRECAUTIONS DURING SEASONAL CHANGES

Where temperature changes are drastic or seasonal, especially in colder climates, it is necessary to take some countermeasures
to limit any damage resulting from low or extremely high temperatures.
Cold Seasons
When the end of the work day approaches, especially during extremely cold weather, it is important to follow these steps to
assure a good start-up the next work day.
• Remove any mud or water from the machine, especially the undercarriage area.
• Park the machine in a protected area, if possible.
• Drain any condensation from filters and water traps. See “Draining Water Separator” on page 3-37.
• If possible, remove the battery and store it in a warmer location if temperatures will be extremely cold.
• Always allow the machine additional time to warm up during cold seasons. See “Warming Up the Machine” on page 2-44.
Fuel and Lubricants

• In colder climates, it is advisable to use winterized fuel ASTM D975 N 1 when ambient temperatures are below -10°C
(14°F). (Do not mix gasoline with diesel fuel. This will damage the fuel system.)
• Replace the engine oil with a suitable viscosity oil for the climate.
See “FUEL, COOLANT, AND LUBRICANTS” on page 3-8.
Coolant
The required standards for permanent antifreeze are SAE-J1034 and Federal Standard O-A-548D.
See “Changing Coolant” on page 3-64.
Never mix antifreezes or add additives to the cooling system.
Remark
Never use flammable liquids in the cooling system.
2-80 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Battery
When ambient temperatures decrease, the battery capacity decreases accordingly and if the battery charge is low, the electro-
lyte may freeze. Keep the battery completely charged and insulated to protect it from low temperatures so that the machine can
be started without problems the following day.
To avoid explosions due to the presence of gas, do not create sparks, smoke or have open flames near the battery.
To measure the specific gravity of the electrolyte refer to the following table.
Electrolyte Temperature
Percentage of Charge
20°C (68°F) 0°C (32°F) -10°C (14°F) -20°C (-4°F)
100% 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.31
90% 1.26 1.27 1.28 1.29
80% 1.24 1.25 1.26 1.27
75% 1.23 1.24 1.25 1.26
Warm Seasons
• At the end of the cold season, change the lubricants and fuel back to the warm-climate-rated fluids. Make sure the fan
belts are in good condition and the radiator fins are clean.
• If you have worked in an area where road salts were used during the winter, thoroughly wash your machine to remove
these corrosive deposits.
• The required standards for permanent antifreeze are SAE-J1034 and Federal Standard O-A-548D. Be sure the coolant
antifreeze is at the proper lever and setting for your climate. See “Changing Coolant” on page 3-64. Never mix antifreezes
or add additives to the cooling system.
Remark
Never use flammable liquids or “water only” in the cooling system.
WB146/146PS-5 2-81
OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
Always contact your Komatsu distributor when you have to carry out any troubleshooting procedures. If the problem or failure
is not listed in the troubleshooting section, contact your Komatsu distributor immediately and the problem checked.
Battery
• When checking or handling the batteries, stop the engine and turn the ignition switch to the OFF position before
making repairs.
• Before starting the engine, use a damp cloth to wipe off the dust accumulated on the top surface of the battery.
• The battery generates hydrogen gas, so there is danger of explosion. Do not bring lighted cigarettes near the bat-
tery or do anything that will cause sparks.
• Battery electrolyte is diluted sulfuric acid and will attack your clothes and skin. If it gets on your clothes or on
your skin, wash it off immediately with large quantities of water. If it gets in your eyes, flush your eyes with large
quantities of fresh water and consult a doctor immediately.
• When handling batteries, always wear protective goggles and rubber gloves.
Servicing
• If battery tops are badly corroded, clean with diluted baking soda
and warm water solution.
• Before charging or servicing the battery, disconnect the cable from
the negative terminal of the battery.
• The unusually high voltage will damage the alternator.
• To avoid gas explosions while charging the battery, cover the bat-
tery caps with rags soaked in a baking soda solution. If electrolyte
temperature exceeds 45°C (113°F), stop charging for a while. Turn
off the charger as soon as the battery is charged.
• Overcharging the battery may cause overheating, decreasing the
quantity of electrolyte or damaging the electrode plates.
• When adding fluids to the battery, use distilled, non-mineral-based
water and do not overfill the battery. Always wear
protective clothing when servicing the battery.
Remark
If you accidentally swallow battery acid, drink a large quantity of water or milk, beaten egg white or vegetable
oil and if available, take anti-acid substances like magnesia, bicarbonate, etc. Call a doctor or a poison treat-
ment center immediately.
2-82 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Removal and Installation

When removing the battery follow this procedure.
1. Turn the starting switch to the “OFF” position.
2. Wait at least one minute.
3. Turn off the battery disconnect switch.
4. Disconnect the ground (negative) cable.
5. Disconnect the positive cable.
Remark
If a tool touches a cable connecting the positive terminal and the chassis, there is danger of sparks.
When installing the battery, the ground cable should be connected to the ground terminal as the last step. These illustrations
show the proper removal and installation order.
WB146/146PS-5 2-83
OPERATION
Starting the Engine with Booster Cables
• When starting the engine with a booster cable, always wear safety glasses and rubber gloves.
• When connecting the cables, never cross the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals.
• Be careful not to let the machines touch each other; sparks from the contact could ignite the hydrogen gas.
• Make sure the booster cable connections are correct.
• The final connection should be at the engine block of the problem machine. Sparks will be generated when this is
done, so connect to a place as far as possible from the battery.
• Use care when removing the cables from the machine that has been started. To avoid a hydrogen explosion, do
not allow the cable ends to contact each other or the machine.
Accessing the Battery

To access the battery you must open the tool and battery box using the
ignition key.
Connecting the Booster Cables

Keep the starting switch in the OFF position. Connect the booster cable
as follows, in the order of the numbers marked.
1. Make sure that the ignition switches on the operating machine and
the non-operating machine are both in the OFF position.
2. Connect one clamp of the booster cable (A) to the positive terminal
(1) of the non-operating machine.
3. Connect the other clamp of booster cable (A) to the positive termi-
nal (2) of the operating machine.
4. Connect one clamp of booster cable (B) to the negative terminal

(3) of the operating machine.
5. Connect the clamp of booster cable (B) to the engine block (4) of
the engine to be started.
2-84 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Starting the Engine
Never jump-start the engine at the starter. Accidental movement of

the machine may cause injury or even death.
Always start the engine with the starting switch in the cab.
• Make sure the clamps are firmly connected to the battery termi-
nals.
• Start the operating machine and run it at a high idle.
• Turn the starting switch on the non-operating machine to the
“START” position and start the engine. If the engine does not start,
wait two minutes before trying again.
Disconnecting the Booster Cables
After the engine has started, disconnect the booster cables in the
reverse order in which they were connected.
1. Remove one clamp of booster cable (B) from the engine block (4)
on the non-operating machine.
2. Remove the other clamp of booster cable (B) from the negative ter-
minal (3) on the operating machine.
3. Remove one clamp of booster cable (A) from the positive terminal
on the operating machine (2).
4. Remove the other clamp of booster cable (A) from the engine
block on the problem machine (1).
WB146/146PS-5 2-85
OPERATION
Electrical Circuits
Trouble Possible Cause Remedy
Lights do not work properly even with the • Check and repair terminal
engine running at high rpms: • Faulty cables connections
• Adjust fan belt tension (See
Lights come on intermittently with the “EVERY 250 HOURS MAINTE-
• Poor fan belt tension
engine running:
NANCE” on page 3-46)
Alternator charge indicator does not go out • Faulty alternator • Replace alternator
with the engine running and engine speed • Faulty cables • Check and repair cables
is increased: • Serpentine belt worn or damaged • Replace belt
Alternator is very noisy: • Defective alternator • Replace alternator
• Faulty cables • Check condition of cables

Starter does not operate when the ignition
• Low battery charge • Check battery charge state
key is turned to the “START” position:
• Blown engine start fuse • Replace fuse and check system
• Low battery charge • Check battery charge state

Starter drive chatters: • Faulty cables • Check condition of cables
• Battery charge insufficient • Charge the battery

Starter cranks slowly:

Starter cuts out while cranking the engine:
Engine oil pressure light does not work • Bad bulb • Replace bulb
with the ignition key in the “ON” position
and the engine not running: • Defective pressure sensor • Replace sensor
Alternator light does not work with the • Bad bulb • Replace bulb
ignition key in the “ON” position and the
engine not running: • Faulty cables • Check condition of cables
Hydraulic System
• Low oil in tank • Add oil

Pump is very noisy: • Faulty pump • Repair or replace
• Incorrect hydraulic fluid • Change hydraulic oil
Equipment control levers do not return to • Broken return spring or sized • Replace spring or check
the neutral position: spool condition of valve body
• Faulty pump • Repair or replace

Work equipment moves very slowly: • Pressure valve defective or stuck • Calibrate or replace
• Dirty filter or strainer • Replace filter, clean strainer
2-86 WB146/146PS-5
OPERATION
Braking System
• Worn brake disks • Replace

• No fluid in master cylinder • Top off and purge system
Braking irregular for both wheels:
• Air in braking system • Purge the system
• Faulty master cylinder • Replace
• Air in braking system • Purge the system

Braking not regular on one side only: • Brake disk worn • Replace
• Faulty master cylinder • Replace
Transmission
• Oil level • Top off

• Clutch pressure adjusting valve • Clean element and seat
stuck open
Low pressure in clutch:
• Faulty delivery pump • Replace
• Worn clutch shaft or piston rings • Replace rings
• Clutch pump stuck open • Clean

Pump delivery insufficient: • Suction filter clogged • Clean filter
• Faulty pump • Replace
• Damaged rings • Dissemble and clean

System overheating:
• Dirty heat exchanger • Clean
• Damaged heat exchanger • Repair or replace
• Faulty torque converter • Replace

Noisy converter:
• Damaged bearings • Remove and replace
• Low engine rpm causing stall • Check engine

Lack of power:
• Overheating • See overheating remedies
WB146/146PS-5 2-87
OPERATION
Engine
• Oil level too low • Top off

Oil pressure light remains on even with
• Oil filter plugged • Change oil and filter
the engine at high idle:
• Incorrect oil for the season • Change oil
• Coolant low due to leaks • Top off and repair

• Fan belt slipping • Check belt tension
• Cooling system blocked • Flush cooling system
Cooling system overheating:
• Radiator fins damaged • Repair or clean
• Faulty thermostat • Replace
• Radiator cap defective • Replace
Temperature gauge stuck at “H”: • Faulty temperature indicator • Replace
Temperature does not show proper gauge • Faulty thermostat • Replace

reading: • Faulty gauge • Replace
• No fuel • Refuel
Engine cranks but does not start: • Air in fuel system • Bleed system
• Low compression • Adjust valve clearance
• Too much oil in oil pan • Correct the oil level

White or light blue exhaust gases:
• Unstable fuel • Change to suitable fuel
• Air cleaner clogged • Clean or replace

Exhaust gases are black: • Faulty injectors or injection pump • Replace
• Low compression • Adjust valve clearance
Popping noise heard at exhaust stack: • Faulty injectors • Replace injectors
• Improper fuel Cetane rating • Change fuels

• Overheating • See “temperature indication”
Abnormal engine noise:
• Damaged exhaust muffler • Replace
• Excessive valve clearance • Adjust valves
2-88 WB146/146PS-5
3MAINTENANCE
WB146/146PS-5 3-1
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
• Before opening the engine hood, engage safety locks of both the front loader and backhoe.
• If it is necessary to check the hydraulic oil level in the reservoir, arrange the machine in the transport position. See
“SAFETY LOCK USAGE” on page 2-67.
• Only perform operations with the machine on firm and level ground, after applying the parking brake.
• Use Komatsu genuine oils and greases. Choose oils suitable for the ambient temperature.
• Use clean oils and greases. Keep the oil and grease containers clean. Keep any foreign matter away from oils and greases.
• Always keep the machine clean. This makes it easier to locate any part causing problems. Keep the grease fittings, the
breathers and the areas near the openings for the fluid level checks clean and prevent any impurities from getting into or
on them.
• Draining hot oil or coolant immediately after stopping the engine is hazardous. Wait for the engine to cool down to at least
40-50°C (104-122° F) before draining the liquids.
• After changing the oil or the filters, check if metal particles are present. If you find large quantities of metal particles, con-
tact your Komatsu distributor.
• Check and change the oil while parked in a clean location to prevent any impurities from getting into the tank or container.
• Before carrying out any maintenance operation, hang the warning plates on the ignition switch, control levers, and cab
doors, to prevent anyone from starting the engine by mistake.
• When performing maintenance operations, always adhere to the precautions indicated on safety plates applied on the
machine.
• Instructions for welding.
• Turn ignition key to the “OFF” position, wait at least one minute, then turn off the battery disconnect switch.
• Disconnect the battery (first negative cable and then positive cable).
• Disconnect the alternator.
• Do not apply more than 200V continuously.
• Connect the welder’s ground cable within 1 m (3 ft) from the point on which welding will take place.
• Avoid putting gaskets and bearings between the welding area and ground cable. Gaskets and bearings are poor
grounding surfaces and it is possible that arcing could weld bearings together.
• Shield areas around the welding area with weld blankets or something similar to avoid damage from spatter.
• Do not use flammable fluids to clean machine parts. Keep exposed flames and lit cigarettes away from these fluids.
• When O-rings and gaskets are removed, thoroughly clean sealing surfaces and replace all O-rings and gaskets with new
ones. Fit the O-rings and gaskets correctly when reassembling.
• Avoid keeping loose objects or tools in your pockets. They may fall out and drop into the machine, especially when you
open covers and work on the machine while bending over it.
• When washing the machine, do not direct a high-pressure water jet onto the radiator and heat exchanger.
• When washing the machine, protect electric system connectors and avoid getting the starting switch wet.
• Before starting work in mud, in rain, on seashores, or river banks, perform general lubrication. Wash the machine
immediately after work to protect components from rust. Lubricate equipment joints more frequently than usual.
• When working at dusty work sites, proceed as follows:
• Check the air cleaner for any clogging and clean it more frequently than usual.
• Clean the radiator and the heat exchanger frequently, to avoid any clogging of the fins.
• Change the diesel oil filter more frequently than usual.
• Clean the electrical components, especially the starter and the alternator, to avoid any accumulation of dust.
• Never mix oils of different brands.
• Do not top off with oil different from the oil presently in the machine. If necessary, drain all the oil and fill the tank with
new of a different brand.
3-2 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
• Oils, filters, coolant, and the battery are considered special waste and must be collected and disposed of according
to the regulations in force.
• If it burns, combustible material of some components may become extremely dangerous. For this reason, avoid any
contact of burnt material with your skin or eyes and do not inhale the fumes.
Maintenance Notes
• Use only Komatsu genuine replacement parts.
• Do not mix different types of oil.
• Unless specified otherwise, oils and coolant used by Komatsu before delivery of the machine are listed in the table.
Item Specifications
SAE 10W-30
• Engine oil
API classification CI-4
SAE 10W-30
• Hydraulic system oil
API classification CI-4
• Biodegradable hydraulic system oil

(Only for machines in which the synthetic
PAKELO GEOLUBE HYDRAULIC EP-46
biodegradable oil type HEES (not of plant origin)
is used).
• Hydraulic transmission oil GM DEXRON® II D
SHELL: DONAX TD
CALTEX: RPM TRACTOR HYDRAULIC FLUID
• Axle oil (front and rear) CHEVRON: TRACTOR HYDRAULIC FLUID
TEXACO: TEXTRAN TDH OIL
MOBILE MOBILFLUID 422 or 424
• Brake system oil GM DEXRON® II D
Ambient temperature above -10° C (14° F):

ASTM D975 no. 2 diesel oil
• Fuel
Ambient temperature below -10° C (14° F):
ASTM D975 no. 1 diesel oil
Permanent, ethylene glycol-based antifreeze, with

• Radiator coolant
corrosion inhibitor for protection down to -36° C (-33° F)
GM DEXRON II® D (GM DEXRON® is a registered trademark of General Motors Corporation)
WB146/146PS-5 3-3
MAINTENANCE
Engine Maintenance
Engine Oil
• Engine oil must be selected very carefully since it lubricates the engine, which is the machine’s heart; the following main
maintenance operations are required for engine oil.
1. Daily, check the oil level.

2. Check condition of the oil with periodic analysis.
3. Periodic oil changes.
Coolant
• Engine coolant keeps the engine at the correct temperature and ensures optimal operating conditions; check coolant level
in the expansion tank daily and top off if necessary.
• The quantity of antifreeze to be added to the coolant depends on the minimum temperature in the place where the machine
is working.
Refer to the following table.
Quantity of Antifreeze to be Added to the Water
°C -4 -6 -9 -12 -16 -20 -26 -32 -36

Minimum ambient temperature
°F 25 21 15 10 3 -4 -15 -26 -33
Liter 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.5 4.2 4.9 5.6 6.3 7

Quantity of antifreeze
US gal 0.37 0.55 0.74 0.92 1.11 1.29 1.48 1.66 1.85
Liter 12.6 11.9 11.2 10.5 9.8 9.1 8.4 7.7 7

Quantity of water
US gal 3.33 3.15 2.96 2.78 2.59 2.41 2.22 2.04 1.85
• Use water which has a low mineral content.

• Do not use corrosion inhibitors containing soluble oil, since they damage the rubber couplings.
• In case of doubt, contact your Komatsu distributor.
Fuel
• Always use fuel suitable for the engine. Fuels with different specifications may damage the engine or reduce its power.
• Always refuel at the end of the work day.
• When refueling, make sure that there is no water on the fuel drum cover and be careful not to draw condensation from the
drum bottom.
• If fuel runs out, or if the fuel filter has been replaced, it is necessary to bleed the circuit.
Hydraulic System Maintenance

• Be extremely careful when performing maintenance on the hydraulic system, since the oil can be very hot.
The system is pressurized not only during work, but also at the end of work.
• The following maintenance operations are required for the hydraulic system.
A. Check the oil level in the tank daily.
B. Periodically change the oil filter.
C. Change the oil and clean the suction filter periodically.
• Always bleed (purge) the system after changing the oil filter and the oil.
3-4 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
• When a component is removed from the circuit, check the gaskets and O-rings; change them if they are damaged.
• When a cylinder or a component of the hydraulic system is removed, after reassembly bleed the system by doing these
steps.
1. Start the engine and let it idle.
2. Make all the cylinders perform four to five movements, stopping them at approximately 100 mm (4 in) from the end of
their stroke.
3. Slowly make all the cylinders reach the end of their stroke for three to four times.
Carrying Out KOWA (Komatsu Oil Wear Analysis)

KOWA is a maintenance service that makes it possible to prevent machine failures and downtime. With KOWA, the oil is
periodically sampled and analyzed. This enables early detection of wear of the machine drive parts and other problems.
We strongly recommend that you use this service. The oil analysis is carried out at actual cost, so the cost is low. The results of
the analysis are reported together with recommendations which will reduce repair costs and machine downtime.
KOWA Analysis Items

Measurement of density of metal wear particles
This uses an ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) analyzer to measure the
density of iron, copper, and other metal wear particles in the oil.
Measurement of quantity of particles

This uses a PQI (Particle Quantifier Index) machine to measure the
quantity of large iron particles (larger than 5 microns) in the oil, which
enables the early detection of failures.
Others
Measurements are made of items such as the ratio of water in the oil, density of the antifreeze coolant, ratio of fuel in the oil,
and dynamic viscosity, enabling a highly precise diagnosis of the machine's health.
WB146/146PS-5 3-5
MAINTENANCE
Electrical System Maintenance

• If the cables are wet or their insulating material is damaged, the electrical system may short, which could result in
machine malfunctions.
• The following maintenance operations are required for the electrical system.
A. Check the alternator belt tension.
B. Check the alternator belt for damage or breakage.
C. Check the battery electrolyte level.
• Do not remove or eliminate any electrical component installed on the machine and do not install any electrical component
with characteristics different from those specified and approved by Komatsu.
• Be careful to keep the electric system dry.
• When working on seashores, river banks, or lakes, protect the jack plugs from corrosion.
• Do not connect any optional device to the fuses, ignition switch, battery, relays, etc. For the installation of any optional
equipment, contact your Komatsu distributor.
• If any electric welding needs to be done, disconnect the battery and the alternator.
Lubrication
• Lubrication makes the operations carried out with the machine and work equipment smoother, while preventing wear and
the noise that may be produced if the articulations are dry.
• Lubricate with grease or oil.
• The following maintenance operations are required for the components that need lubricating.
A. Check the fluid and lubricant levels.
B. Change oil at recommended intervals.
C. Inject grease through the grease fittings.
• Use only the specified lubricants, according to the ambient temperature.

• Always clean the grease fittings before injecting grease and remove any excess grease after lubrication; this cleaning
operation must be performed with extreme care on the revolving parts.
• Keep the lubricants at the correct levels; avoid excessive or insufficient quantities.
3-6 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
WEAR PARTS LIST

• The parts subject to wear such as filters, bucket teeth, etc., must be replaced according to the periodic maintenance
intervals prescribed or when they reach their wear limit.
• The timely change of these parts ensures economical use of the machine.
• Use only Komatsu genuine parts, which alone can guarantee excellent quality and interchangeability.
Item Description Qty Change Interval
Hydraulic oil filter Cartridge 1 Every 500 hours
Engine oil filter Cartridge 1 Every 500 hours
Fuel filter Cartridge 1 Every 500 hours
Converter oil filter Cartridge 1 Every 1000 hours
Main cartridge 1 When required

Air cleaner
Safety cartridge 1 When required
Teeth AR When required

Front bucket Screw AR When required
Nut AR When required
Center teeth AR When required

Screw AR When required
Right tooth 1 When required
Backhoe bucket
Left tooth 1 When required
Screw AR When required
Side screw 4 When required
WB146/146PS-5 3-7
MAINTENANCE
FUEL, COOLANT, AND LUBRICANTS
Proper Selection According to the Ambient Temperature
Ambient Temperature Capacity

Kind of
Reservoir
fluid -22 -4 14 32 50 68 86 104 122°F
Specified Refill
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50° C
SAE 5W-30 9 liter 9 liter

Engine oil (2.4 US gal) (2.4 US gal)
SAE 10W 30
pan Aspirated Aspirated
SAE 15W-40 engine engine
SAE 5W
Hydraulic SAE 10W 150 liter 92 liter

system Oil API (39.6 US gal) (24.3 US gal)
SAE 30
CI-4
SAE 10W-30
Hydraulic
system with 150 liter 92 liter
See page 3-12
biodegrad- (39.6 US gal) (24.3 US gal)
able oil
Front axle: 6.5 liter 6.5 liter

Differential (1.7 US gal) (1.7 US gal)
Final
1 liter 1 liter
reduction
(0.26 US gal) (0.26 US gal)
gear (ea.)
(See Note 1)
Rear axle: 14.5 liter 14.5 liter
Differential (3.8 US gal) (3.8 US gal)
Final
1.5 liter 1.5 liter
reduction
(0.4 US gal) (0.4 US gal)
gear (ea.)
Hydraulic 20 liter 17 liter

GM DEXTRON II D
transmission (5.3 US gal) (4.5 US gal)
Brake 0.8 liter 0.8 liter

GM DEXTRON II D
system (0.2 US gal) (0.2 US gal)
ASTM
Diesel D975 No. 1 130 liter
Fuel tank -
fuel (34.4 US gal)
ASTM D975 No. 2
Cooling 14 liter
Coolant Ethylene Gylcol Base -
system (3.7 US gal)
OPTION FOR VERY COLD AREAS: If the temperature exceeds 10° C (50° F), contact your Komatsu distributor for
advice on the type of oil to be used.
3-8 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Grease
Lubrication Points Consistency Type
Articulations, grease fittings NLGI 2 See note 2
Note 1: For axle oil, use only the following recommended oils.
SHELL: DONAX TD
CALTEX: RPM TRACTOR HYDRAULIC FLUID
CHEVRON: TRACTOR HYDRAULIC FLUID
TEXACO: TEXTRAN TDH OIL
MOBIL: MOBILFLUID 422 or 424
Note 2: The recommended lubricating grease is No.2 multipurpose lithium grease with 3% molybdenum disulfide
(Lithio EP + MoS2).
Fuel
• When fuel sulphur content is less than 0.5%, change oil in the oil pan at the stated periodic maintenance hours described
in this manual. Change oil according to the following table if fuel sulphur content is above 0.5%.
Change Interval of Oil in Engine Oil

Fuel Sulphur Content
Pan
0.5 to 1.0% 1/2 of regular interval
Above 1.0% 1/4 of regular interval
• When starting the engine when the atmospheric temperature is lower than 0°C (32°F), be sure to use the SAE10W,
SAE20W-20 and SAE10W-30 engine oil, even though the atmospheric temperature goes up to 10°C (18°F) more or less
in the day time.
• There is no problem if single grade oil is mixed with multigrade oil (SAE10W-30, 10W-40), but be sure to add single
grade oil that matches the temperature in the table.
• Use Komatsu genuine oil which has been specifically formulated and approved for use in the engine, hydraulic work
equipment, transmission, axles, and brakes.
Specified capacity: Total amount of oil including oil for components and oil in piping
Refill capacity: Amount of oil needed to refill system during normal inspection and maintenance
ASTM: American Society of Testing and Material

SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers
API: American Petroleum Institute
WB146/146PS-5 3-9
MAINTENANCE
APPROVED SYNTHETIC LUBRICANTS (HEES)

Our machines can be filled with Hydraulic Environmental Ester Synthetic (HEES) oil not of plant origin. Use of oils indicated
in the following table is authorized and recommended.
Supplier HEES Oil
KOMATSU ---
AGIP ARNICA S 46
ARAL HEF 46 vitam
AVIA SYNTOFLUID N 46
BP BIOHYD SE-S 46
CONDAT CONDAT D 46 K
ELF HYDRELF BIO 46
ESSO HYDRAULIKOIL HE 46
FINA BIOYIDRAN TMP 46 SE 46
FUCHS PLANTOHYD S 46
KENDALL SYNTH NATURA 46 HV
KUWAIT PETROLEUM K8 HOLBEIN 46
MOBIL EAL SYNDRAULIC
MOBIL (USA) ENVIROSYN 46 H
PAKELO GEOLUBE HYDRAULIC EP-46
PANOLIN HLP SYNTH 46
SHELL NATURELLE HFE-46
TAMOIL GREEN HYDRO SAFETY 46
TEXACO HYDRA 46
TOTAL EQUIVIS BIO 46
VAVOLINE UNISYN HLP 32/68
• Do not mix hydraulic environmental ester synthetic (HEES) oil with ordinary hydraulic oils. When the temperature
increases, insoluble compounds are generated which are deposited on the filters and clog them (the maximum con-
centration of ordinary oil cannot exceed 1% of the total quantity of oil).
• HEES oil can be used only in the hydraulic system; it cannot be used for the endothermic motor, the transmissions,
the braking system, etc.
• Before introducing HEES oil in the hydraulic system, empty the system completely, disconnecting the cylinders and
all the parts that may contain ordinary oil, and replace the drain filter with a new one. Start the engine and let it idle
without using the work equipment. Wait until the oil reaches a temperature of at least 40°C (104°F), then start moving
the equipment so that all the parts of the system are filled with oil. Stop the engine and check the oil level. See
“Checking Hydraulic Oil Level” on page 3-36.
3-10 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATION DIAGRAMS
General View
• For lubrication procedures for single points. See “MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE” on page 3-21.
Remark
Use only recommended oil and grease. See “FUEL, COOLANT, AND LUBRICANTS” on page 3-8.
WB146/146PS-5 3-11
MAINTENANCE
Multipurpose Bucket and Pallet Forks

• Points indicated are symmetrical and must be lubricated every 10 hours.
• The fork sliding bars and safety pins must be lubricated with grease only to protect them from oxidation.
• Fork joints (A) must be lubricated only if the forks are used.
3-12 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Telescopic Arm
• Points indicated are symmetrical and must be lubricated every 10 hours.
WB146/146PS-5 3-13
MAINTENANCE
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
Torque List
If nuts, bolts, or other parts are not tightened to the specified torque, it will cause looseness or damage to the
tightened parts. This will cause failure of the machine or problems with operation.
Always pay careful attention when tightening parts.
Unless otherwise specified, tighten the metric nuts and bolts to the torque shown in the table below.
If it is necessary to replace any nut or bolt, always use a Komatsu genuine part of the same size as the part that was replaced.
Torque of Bolts
Thread Diameter of Bolt Width across Flat
mm mm N•m lbf ft
6 10 11.8 - 14.7 8.70 - 10.84
8 13 27 - 34 19.91 - 25.07
10 17 59 - 74 43.51 - 54.57
12 19 98 - 123 72.28 - 90.72
14 22 153 - 190 112.84 - 140.13
16 24 235 - 285 173.32 - 210.20
18 27 320 - 400 236.02 - 295.02
20 30 455 - 565 335.59 - 416.72
22 32 610 - 765 449.91 - 564.23
24 36 785 - 980 578.98 - 722.81
27 41 1150 - 1440 848.19 - 1062.09
30 46 1520 - 1910 1121.09 - 1408.74
33 50 1960 - 2450 1445.62 - 1807.02
36 55 2450 - 3040 1807.02 - 2242.19
39 60 2890 - 3630 2131.55 - 2677.35
3-14 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Thread Diameter of Bolt Width across Flat
mm mm N•m lbf ft
6 10 5.9 - 9.8 4.35 - 7.22
8 13 13.7 - 23.5 10.10 - 17.33
10 14 34.3 - 46.1 25.29 - 34.00
12 27 74.5 - 90.2 54.94 - 66.52
Torque of Hose Nuts

Use these torques for hose nuts.
Thread Diameter Width across Flat Tightening Torque
Nominal No.
mm mm N•m lbf ft
02 14 19 19.6 - 29.4 14.5 - 21.7
03 18 24 29.4 - 68.6 21.7 - 50.6
04 22 27 58.9 - 98.1 44.4 - 72.4
05 24 32 107.9 - 166.7 79.6 - 123.0
06 30 36 147.1 - 205.9 108.5 - 151.9
10 33 41 147.1 - 245.1 108.5 - 180.8
12 36 46 196.2 - 294.2 144.7 - 217.0
14 42 55 245.2 - 343.2 180.9 - 253.1
Torque of Split Flange Bolts

Use these torques for split flange bolts.
mm mm N•m kgm
10 14 59 - 74 43.51 - 54.57
12 17 98 - 123 72.28 - 90.72
16 22 235 - 285 173.32 - 210.20
WB146/146PS-5 3-15
MAINTENANCE
Torque for Flared Nuts

Use these torques for flared part of nut.

mm mm N•m lbf ft
14 19 24.5 ± 4.9 18.0 ± 3.6
18 24 49 ± 19.6 36.1 ± 14.4
22 27 78.5 ± 19.6 57.8 ± 14.4
24 32 137.3 ± 29.4 101.2 ± 21.6
30 36 176.5 ± 29.4 130.1 ± 21.6
33 41 196.1 ± 49 144.6 ± 36.1
36 46 245.2 ± 49 180.8 ± 36.1
42 55 294.2 ± 49 216.9 ± 36.1
Torque for O-Ring Boss Piping Joints

★ Unless there are special instructions, tighten the O-ring boss piping joints to the torque in this table.
Thread Diameter Width across Flat Tightening Torque (N•m {lbf ft})
Norminal No.
mm mm Range Target
02 14 35 - 63 {25.81 - 46.46} 44 {32.45}
03, 04 20 84 - 132 {61.95 - 97.35} 103 {75.96}
Varies depending on
05, 06 24 128 - 186 {94.40 - 137.18} 157 {115.79}
type of connector.
10, 12 33 363 - 480 {267.73 - 354.02} 422 {311.25}
14 42 746 - 1010 {550.22 - 744.93} 883 {651.26}
3-16 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Torque for O-Ring Boss Plugs

★ Unless there are special instructions, tighten the O-ring boss plugs to the torque in this table.
Thread Diameter Width across Flat Tightening Torque (N•m {lbf lb})
Norminal No.
mm mm Range Target
08 08 14 5.88 - 8.82 {4.33 - 6.50} 7.35 {5.42}
10 10 17 9.8 - 12.74 {7.22 - 9.39} 11.27 {8.31}
12 12 19 14.7 - 19.6 {10.84 - 14.45} 17.64 {13.01}
14 14 22 19.6 - 24.5 {14.45 - 18.07} 22.54 {16.62}
16 16 24 24.5 - 34.3 {18.07 - 25.29} 29.4 {21.68}
18 18 27 34.3 - 44.1 {25.29 - 32.52} 39.2 {28.91}
20 20 30 44.1 - 53.9 {32.52 - 39.75} 49.0 {36.14}
24 24 32 58.8 - 78.4 {43.36 - 57.82} 68.6 {50.59}
30 30 32 93.1 - 122.5 {68.66 - 90.35} 107.8 {79.50}
33 33 _ 107.8 - 147.0 {79.50 - 108.42} 124.4 {91.75}
36 36 36 127.4 - 176.4 {93.96 - 130.10} 151.9 {112.03}
42 42 _ 181.3 - 240.1 {133.72 - 177.08} 210.7 {155.40}
52 52 _ 274.4 - 367.5 {202.38 - 271.05} 323.4 {238.52}
Torque for Hoses (Taper Seal Type and Face Seal Type)
★ Tighten the hoses (taper seal type and face seal type) to the following torque, unless otherwise specified.
★ Apply the following torque when the threads are coated (wet) with engine oil.
Taper Seal
Tightening Torque (N•m {lbf ft}) Face Seal Type
Type
Nominal
Width Nominal Thread
Size of
across Flats Thread Size Size - Threads per Root Diameter (mm)
Hose Range Target
(mm) Inch, Thread (Reference)
Series
34 - 54 {25.0 - 39.8} 44 {32.4} - 9/16 - 18UN 14.3
02 19
34 - 63 {25.0 - 46.4} 44 {32.4} 14 - -
22 54 - 93 {39.8 - 68.5} 74 {54.5} - 11/16 -16UN 17.5
03
24 59 - 98 {43.5 - 72.2} 78 57.5} 18 - -
04 27 84 - 132 {61.9 - 97.3} 103 {75.9} 22 13/16 - 16UN 20.6
05 32 128 - 186 {94.4 - 137.1} 157 {115.7} 24 1 - 14UNS 25.4
06 36 177 - 245 {130.5 - 180.7} 216 {159.3} 30 1 3/16 - 12UN 30.2
(10) 41 177 - 245 {130.5 - 180.7} 216 {159.3} 33 - -
(12) 46 197 - 294 {145.3 - 216.8} 245 {180.7} 36 - -
(14) 55 246 - 343 {181.4 - 252.9} 294 {216.8} 42 - -
WB146/146PS-5 3-17
MAINTENANCE
PERIODIC REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS

To ensure safety while driving and using the machine, the operator must carry out all periodic maintenance operations pre-
scribed. Furthermore, the operator must periodically replace the components indicated in the table on the following pages,
which are especially related to safety and fire prevention rules. These components are subject to wear and because it is partic-
ularly difficult to evaluate their condition through simple periodic maintenance, after a certain period it is advisable to change
them regardless of their condition, in order to maintain their efficiency. Repair or replace these components immediately in
case of failures or abnormalities, even if the time interval prescribed for their change (replacement) has not elapsed yet.
If the hose clamps show signs of deterioration, like deformations or cracks, replace them at the same time as the hoses.
In addition to periodic replacement of the components listed on the following pages, the inspections described in the table
should be performed on the hydraulic hoses. In case of abnormalities, perform the necessary adjustments and replacements, or
institute any other required measure.
Type of check Check item
Leakage from joints, grease fittings, hydraulic hoses, or fuel

Check before starting
lines
Leakage from joints, fittings, hydraulic hoses, or fuel lines.

Periodic check (monthly check)
Damaged hydraulic or fuel lines (cracks, wear and tear)
Leakage from joints, fittings, hydraulic hoses/fuel lines.

Deteriorated, twisted, damaged hydraulic hoses/fuel lines
Periodic check (annual check)
(cracks, wear and tear) or in contact with other parts of the
machine
3-18 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
SAFETY CRITICAL PARTS
Fuel Supply System

★ Parts related to safety
Components that Require Periodic Replacing Qty Replacement Interval
Fuel line (Fuel tank - precleaner) 1
Fuel line (Precleaner - fuel pump) 1
Fuel line (Fuel pump - fuel filter) 1
Fuel line (Fuel filter - injection pump) 1

Every 2 years or 4,000 hours,
Fuel line (Fuel filter - fuel tank) 1
whichever occurs first
Fuel recovery line (Injection pump - fuel filter) 1
Fuel recovery line (Injector - fuel filter) 1
Fuel recovery line (Between the injectors) 3
Fuel recovery plug 1
• For serial numbers and quantity of components that periodically need replacement, consult the replacement parts manual
section regarding the components connected with safety and components that must be periodically replaced.
• When replacing hoses, always change O-rings, gaskets, and analogous components.
Delivery / Return Hydraulic System

Hydraulic hose (Hydraulic pump - iron tube) 1
Hydraulic hose (Iron tube - backhoe distributor) 1

Every 2 years or 4,000 hours,
Hydraulic hose (Iron tube - loader distributor) 1
whichever occurs first
Hydraulic hose (Hydraulic pump - backhoe distributor) 1
Hydraulic hose (Loader distributor - backhoe distributor) 1
WB146/146PS-5 3-19
MAINTENANCE
Delivery / Return Hydraulic System

Hydraulic hose (Cylinders - Loader arm) 1
Hydraulic hose (Cylinders - Loader bucket) 1
Hydraulic hose (Cylinders - Multi-purpose bucket) 1 Every 2 years or 4,000 hours,

Hydraulic hose (Cylinders - Backhoe boom) 1 whichever occurs first
Hydraulic hose (Cylinders - Backhoe arm) 1
Hydraulic hose (Cylinders - Backhoe bucket)
Seat Belt System

Seat belt (see “Seat Belt Inspection” on page 1-19 for inspection details) 1 Every 3 years after the start of
usage or 5 years after the date
of manufacture or at first sign of
wear or damage.
3-20 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Maintenance Schedule Chart
SERVICE ITEM PAGE

INITIAL 50 HOURS SERVICE (for Machines with HEES Oil Only)
1. Every 50 hours maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
2. Replace hydraulic tank oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
INITIAL 250 HOURS SERVICE
1. Every 250 hours maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
2. Change front axle oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
3. Change rear axle oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
4. Change hydraulic system oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
5. Replace hydraulic transmission oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
6. Check engine valve clearance, adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
7. Change hydraulic tank oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
INITIAL 500 HOURS SERVICE (for Machines with HEES Oil Only)
1. Every 500 hours maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
2. Change hydraulic oil and clean suction filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
WHEN REQUIRED
1. Check, clean or replace engine air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
2. Check, clean cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3. Clean air recirculation filter (for machines with air conditioners only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
4. Check level in windshield washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
5. Check windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
6. Lubricate cab door hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
7. Bleed brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
8. Check, adjust front wheel toe-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
9. Check, adjust parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
10. Check, adjust brake pedal stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
11. Adjust automatic return of front bucket to the digging position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
CHECK BEFORE STARTING
1. Various checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
2. Check fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
3. Check coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
WB146/146PS-5 3-21
MAINTENANCE
4. Check engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
5. Check hydraulic oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
6. Drain water from fuel water separator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
EVERY 10 HOURS SERVICE
1. Grease lubricating joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
1. Previous maintenance - 10 hours service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
2. Check radiator fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3. Check brake system oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
4. Lubricate drive shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
5. Lubricate front axle joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
6. Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
7. Check electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
1. Previous maintenance - 10 and 50 hours service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
2. Check serpentine belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3. Check A/C compressor belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
4. Clean outside of radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
5. Check battery electrolyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
6. Check front axle oil levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
7. Check rear axle oil levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
8. Check transmission oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
9. Check wheel lug nut torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49

1. Previous maintenance - 10, 50 and 250 hours service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
2. Change engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
3. Change engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
4. Change hydraulic tank oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
5. Change fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
6. Drain fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
7. Drain hydraulic oil tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
1. Previous maintenance - 10, 50, 250 and 500 hours service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
2. Change front axle oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
3-22 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
3. Change rear axle oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
4. Change transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
5. Change transmission filter and strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
6. Check and adjust engine valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
1. Previous maintenance - 10, 50, 250, 500 and 1000 hours service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
2. Change hydraulic system oil and clean suction filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
3. Change coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
4. Change braking system oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
5. Check alternator and starter motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
6. Check alternator belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
7. Check A/C cooling gas quantity (only for machines with air conditioner). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
WB146/146PS-5 3-23
MAINTENANCE
Initial 50 Hours Maintenance
Remark
ONLY FOR MACHINES IN WHICH HYDRAULIC ENVIRONMENTAL ESTER SYNTHETIC (HEES) OIL IS
USED.
The following maintenance operation must be performed after the first 50 hours of operation together with maintenance
operations to be initiated “Every 50 Hours Maintenance” on page 3-41.
• HYDRAULIC OIL TANK FILTER CHANGE
★ For further details on the various maintenance operations, see “Every 500 Hours Maintenance” on page 3-50.

Perform the following maintenance after the first 250 hours together with those to be initiated “Every 250 Hours Mainte-
nance” on page 3-45.
• FRONT AXLE OIL CHANGE
• REAR AXLE OIL CHANGE
• HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL CHANGE
• HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER CHANGE
• ENGINE VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT
• HYDRAULIC OIL TANK FILTER CHANGE
★ See “Every 500 Hours Maintenance” on page 3-50.

★ See “Every 1000 Hours Maintenance” on page 3-57.
For checks and adjustments, contact your Komatsu distributor.

Remark
ONLY FOR MACHINES IN WHICH HYDRAULIC ENVIRONMENTAL ESTER SYNTHETIC (HEES) OIL IS
USED.
The following maintenance operation must be performed after the first 500 hours of operation, together with maintenance
operations to be initiated. See “Every 500 Hours Maintenance” on page 3-50.
• HYDRAULIC OIL CHANGE AND SUCTION FILTER CLEANING
★ For further details on various maintenance operations, see “Every 2000 Hours Maintenance” on page 3-61.
3-24 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
When Required
Cleaning or Changing Engine Air Filters
• Remove the air filter only after stopping the engine. Do not start
the engine if the air filter is open.
• Wear safety goggles during the cleaning operations.
The air filtering system consists of a primary filtering element with

considerable capacity and a secondary cartridge that ensures additional
safety protection. The primary element can be cleaned with compressed
air, while the safety cartridge can only be changed. The filter must be
cleaned when the clogging warning light (A), positioned on the side
dashboard, comes on or flashes. To reach the air filter, lift the loader
arm; engage the mechanical safety lock; and open the engine hood. See
“SAFETY LOCK USAGE” on page 2-67.
Clean the primary element

1. Release the safety retainer (1), moving it toward the outside.
2. Turn the cover (2) counterclockwise by approximately 12.5°.
3. Lift the cover (2) and extract the filtering element (3).
4. Slightly strike the filtering element (3) on the palm of your hand,
in such a way as to remove the dust. Blow compressed air on the
inner surface, keeping the air jet at a distance of approximately 15
cm (5.9 in). Be careful to keep the pressure in the 58 - 72.5 psi
range.
5. After the cleaning operations, inspect the filtering surface for dam-
age by introducing a lamp into the cartridge and carefully checking
the gaskets of the front seals. If the cartridge is damaged, replace
it.
WB146/146PS-5 3-25
MAINTENANCE
6. Carefully clean the inside of the filter housing (4), taking care to
prevent foreign bodies from getting into the suction duct.
7. Put back the filtering element (3), making sure that it fits perfectly
in its seat.
8. Put back the cover (2), turning it clockwise by approximately
12.5°. Make sure that the cover (2) is perfectly locked and make
sure that the ejector (5) is positioned vertically on the lower part.
9. Once the whole has been assembled, push the safety retainer (1)
toward the inside.
• If the clogging warning light comes on after the engine starts,
it is necessary to change the primary filtering element and the
safety cartridge.
• Change the primary filtering element after six cleaning opera-
tions or after one year. Every time the primary filtering ele-
ment is replaced, the safety cartridge must be replaced, too.
Change the safety cartridge

1. Remove the primary element (3).
2. Remove the safety cartridge (6) and replace it with a new one.
3. Once the safety cartridge (6) has been installed inside the filter
housing (4), make sure that it fits perfectly in its seat.
4. Reassemble the whole as described in steps 7 and 8 in the previous
procedure, making sure that all the filter components are perfectly
secured.
5. Push the safety lock (1) towards the inside.
3-26 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Checking and Cleaning Cab Air Filter
Wear safety goggles during the cleaning operations.
The air suction for the ventilation of the cab is protected by a filter
positioned on the right side of the cab. This filter blocks all the impuri-
ties contained in the air and must be cleaned whenever a decrease in air
circulation is observed. The filter can be reached from the outside of
the cab.
1. Remove the four screws (1); remove the outer guard (2); and
extract the filtering element (3).
2. Hit the element slightly on the palm of your hand to eliminate the
dust. Blow compressed air on its surfaces, keeping the jet at a dis-
tance of about 15 cm (6 in) and making sure that the pressure does
not exceed 65 psi.
3. Carefully clean the filter housing, taking care to prevent any for-
eign body from getting into the suction duct, then reassemble the
unit.
★ If the filtering element is excessively clogged or damaged, replace
it with a new one.
WB146/146PS-5 3-27
MAINTENANCE
Cleaning Air Recirculation Filter

★ Only for machines with an air conditioner.
Wear safety goggles during the cleaning operations.
If the machine is provided with an air conditioning system, in addition

to the external filter there is also an internal filter (3) for internal air
recirculation. This filter holds the impurities present in the air and must
be cleaned whenever a decrease in air circulation is observed. The filter
can be reached from the inside of the cab.
1. Open the door (1) of the storage compartment; remove the con-
tainer (2); and extract the filtering element (3).
2. Hit the element slightly on the palm of your hand to eliminate the
dust. Blow compressed air on its surfaces, keeping the jet at a dis-
tance of about 15 cm (6 in) and making sure that the pressure does
not exceed 65 psi.
3. Carefully clean the filter housing, taking care to prevent any for-
eign matter from getting into the suction duct.
4. Put back the filtering element (3) and the container of the storage
compartment (2), then close the door (1).
★ If the filtering element is excessively clogged or damaged, replace
it with a new one.
Checking the Level in Windshield Washer Reser-

voir
• The reservoir (1) is positioned inside the engine compartment and
contains windshield washer fluid for the front and rear wind-
shields. Make sure that the reservoir is always filled with fluid. If
necessary, add automotive windshield washer fluid.
• Be careful to prevent dust from getting into the reservoir.
★ Do not use the antifreezes used in engine cooling systems.
Checking Windshield Wiper Blades

• The windshield wiper blades should be checked (while the wind-
shield wipers are off) by verifying the condition of the windshield.
• If any lines are left on the windshield after washing and wiping it, this means that the scraping wire has deteriorated and it
is necessary to change the blades.
• To ensure optimal operation of the windshield wiper, it is advisable to change the blades at least once a year. Change the
blades more frequently if the machine works in difficult environmental conditions.
• Always keep the windows clean, removing any residue of dirt, grease or other substances, since these may prevent the
regular operation of the windshield wiper.
3-28 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Lubricating Cab Door Hinges

The cab door hinges should be lubricated when a squealing noise is heard on opening or closing the cab door or when signs of
oxidation are found on the shoulder washers or on the pivots.
The lubrication procedure consists of injecting grease into the nipples provided on the hinge axes.
★ For further information on the grease to use, see “FUEL, COOLANT, AND LUBRICANTS” on page 3-8.
Bleeding Brake System
• Oil spilled on the floor may cause it to become slippery; immediately clean any dirty area.
to all antipollution regulations in force.
This operation is important, since it ensures the braking efficiency and

power of the machine.
1. Disconnect the brake pedals, so that they are independent of each

other.
2. Apply a small pipe for the collection of the oil to the drain screws
(1).
3. Remove the front guard (2) and the cap (3) from the reservoir (4).
4. Make sure that the oil in the braking system reaches the maximum
level.
5. Press the left brake pedal thoroughly and, keeping it pressed,
loosen the drain screw (1) of the corresponding brake until the
pedal reaches the end of stroke. Use a 13 mm wrench.
6. While keeping the pedal completely pressed, tighten the drain
screw (1).
7. Release the brake pedal; wait a few seconds; and repeat steps 5 and
6 until no air bubbles can be seen in the oil that flows out of the
drain screw (1).
8. Carry out the same operations for the right pedal.
9. After bleeding the circuit, start the machine and check the braking
efficiency; if necessary, bleed the circuit again.
10. Put back the front guard (2).
• When bleeding the system, apply a small pipe to the screws (1), in
order to collect the oil.
• The bleeding procedure must be carried out for both braking units,
disconnecting the pedals from each other.
• Frequently check the oil level in the braking system and service
whenever the oil is near the minimum level.
• To top off, use only new oil of the prescribed type.
WB146/146PS-5 3-29
MAINTENANCE
Checking and Adjusting Front Wheel Toe-in

• This check must be done according to time intervals scheduled by
the operator, since any abnormality regarding the wheel toe-in is
due to impacts or vibrations, depending on type of material han-
dled by the machine.
• Another reason for performing this check is to examine the front
tires for excessive wear.
• The machine has been designed with a toe-in equal to 0 mm.
• Every adjustment must restore this value and must be carried out
on tie rods (1) after loosening nuts (2) that lock them. Use 27 and
19 mm wrenches.
• During this check and the relevant adjustment, it is advisable to

also check the condition of the ball joints (3). If considerable slack
is observed, immediately replace them.
3-30 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Checking and Adjusting Parking Brake
During running-in, check efficiency of parking brake after the first 500 hours of operation.
Check condition
• Tire pressure as prescribed
• Dry, compact road surface, with approximately 11° 20’ (1/5) grade
• Machine in operating condition

1. Start the engine.
2. Align the machine in a straight traveling position and proceed up
the slope with 1/5 grade, with an empty bucket.
3. Stop the machine by applying brake pedal; shift the directional

control lever to neutral position (N); and stop the engine.
4. Apply the parking brake (lock position); slowly release the brake
pedal; and make sure that the machine does not move.
WB146/146PS-5 3-31
MAINTENANCE
Adjustment
1. With engine off, release the brake lever and rotate lever end (2) by
giving it two or three counterclockwise turns.
2. Start the engine and check again.
Checking the Braking Efficiency

• During running-in, check the braking efficiency after the first 100
hours of operation.
• Perform check with the machine positioned on firm and flat
ground, making sure that there are no people or obstacles in the
vicinity.
This check must be carried out after setting the work equipment in the
travel or transport position, and engaging all safety locks.
1. Connect tandem brake pedals (2) with pin (1).
2. Start the engine and release the parking brake.
3. Engage 2nd gear and forward gear.
4. Accelerate until reaching the maximum speed.
5. Press the brake pedals. The machine must brake smoothly on a
straight line and the tension of pedals must be constant. Otherwise,
contact your Komatsu distributor.
3-32 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Checking and Adjusting Brake Pedal Stroke

Perform this check when working on adjusting the brake pedal stroke
to eliminate or prevent any problems.
1. Insert connection pin (1) in order to couple the pedals.

2. By adjusting the end-of-stroke rubber pads (2), position the pedals
in correspondence with measure “A” = 325 mm (12.8 in); secure
the pads in this position. Use a 13 mm wrench.
3. Lower the pedals to measure “A” 306 mm (12 in).
4. Adjust brake pump rods (3) until they touch the pumping pistons,
lock them in this position. Use a 22 mm wrench.
Adjusting Automatic Return of Front Bucket to

the Digging Position
The device for automatic return of the front bucket to the digging posi-
tion automatically brings the front bucket to the loading position when
it is lowered to the ground. The sensor is positioned on the right dump-
ing cylinder and determines the horizontal position of the bucket in
relation to the ground after bucket dumping control has reached end of
stroke and the electromagnet of the distributor rod has been operated.
★ See “OPERATING THE FRONT END LOADER AND BACK-

HOE” on page 2-45.
★ The sensor must be positioned at a distance of 2 - 4 mm (0.078-

0.157 in) from the sliding rod.
WB146/146PS-5 3-33
MAINTENANCE
Checks Before Starting

Various Checks
• Dirt, oil, and fuel in hot areas of the engine compartment may cause fires and damage the machine.
• Check to see if there are leaks, and perform any necessary repairs immediately.
• If this occurs repeatedly, contact your Komatsu distributor.
Before starting the engine, check the following:

• Check for loose screws or nuts.
• Check for oil, fuel or coolant leakage.
• Check for worn equipment.
• Check condition of wheel rims, and condition and wear of the tires.
• Check condition and efficiency of instruments and warning lights on the dashboard, working lights and direction
indicators.
The other general checks concerning safety and functionality:
• Integrity of seat belt system (see “Seat Belt Inspection” on page 1-19).
• Soundness and legibility of warning plates and decals.
• Cleanliness of ladders and handrails used to reach the driver’s seat and cleanliness inside the operator’s compartment.
Checking Fuel Level
• When refueling, avoid spilling fuel to prevent any risk of fire. If

some fuel should inadvertently be spilled, clean the dirty area
immediately.
• Fuel is flammable; do not smoke when refueling.
• Place the fuel nozzle into the filler.
• To check the fuel level (1), use the indicator provided on the dash-
board; do not fill the tank completely.
• Leave space for fuel expansion.
Remark
• It is advisable to refuel after work, in order to avoid the
formation of condensation.
• After refueling, tighten the filler cap (2) thoroughly and
lock the tank.
3-34 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Checking Coolant Level
Do not remove the radiator cap to check coolant level. The coolant
must be checked with the engine cold, through the expansion tank.
• The coolant level can be checked in expansion tank (1) with the
engine cold. Coolant must be between the MIN and MAX lower
marks.
• The check must be performed through the hole positioned on the
right side of the engine hood. The coolant level must be above the
MIN lower mark.
• If the level is near the lower limit of the MIN mark, fill the tank
with coolant. If the level decreases considerably and constantly,
check the radiator, engine, and radiator body for leaks.
• Also check the fluid level in the radiator.
• Expansion tank (1) can be reached after opening the engine hood.
The upper MIN and MAX marks indicate the expansion level of the
coolant at operating temperature.
Checking Engine Oil Level
• After the machine is stopped, the engine is very hot.

• Let the engine cool down before performing any check.
• Hot engines may cause burns.
• Dipstick (1) can be reached through an opening in the right side of

the engine hood.
• The check must be performed when the engine is cold and the
machine parked on level ground.
• The oil level can be checked on the graduated dipstick (1) and
must be between MIN and MAX marks. If the level is near the
MIN mark, top off with oil suitable for the ambient temperature, as
prescribed in the lubricant chart.
★ See “FUEL, COOLANT, AND LUBRICANTS” on page 3-8.
If it is necessary to check the oil level during or soon after work, stop engine and wait for 15 minutes before checking.
WB146/146PS-5 3-35
MAINTENANCE
Checking Hydraulic Oil Level
• The oil level in the hydraulic system must be checked when the
oil is cold and the machine positioned on level ground in the
lubricating position.
• If it is necessary to top off, stop engine and then eliminate the
residual pressures present in the work equipment (move the
controls more than once) and in the tank by slowly loosening
filling cap (2).
• The oil level must be visible through gauge (1) on the tank and
must be filled between the MIN and MAX marks.
• If level is near the MIN mark, top off by adding the prescribed
hydraulic oil through filler (2).
• Reinstall the filler cap. Use a 24 mm hexagon wrench.
• When adding oil, do not exceed the MAX level. This would
damage the hydraulic system and cause oil to flow out.
• If a constant or abnormal decrease of the oil level is observed,
thoroughly check the hydraulic system, the pistons and pump for
leaks.
3-36 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Draining Water Separator
• The fuel is flammable. Do not use exposed flames and do not

smoke while draining the water separator.
• If fuel spills, wipe it up immediately.
This operation serves to drain the condensation and must be done with
a full tank in order to prevent air from entering the fuel supply system.
• Condensation must be drained at the end of work, before the
engine has completely cooled down, in order to prevent freezing if
the temperature gets very low.
• The water separator can be reached after opening the engine hood.
• Condensation is drained by loosening plug (1) and waiting until
only clear diesel fuel flows out. Use a 13 mm wrench.
WB146/146PS-5 3-37
MAINTENANCE
Every 10 Hours Maintenance

Lubricating Joints (Grease Fittings)
• Clean the grease fittings before attaching the grease pump.

• After lubrication, remove all the contaminated grease that may have spread out of the fittings.
• If the machine is used in difficult conditions, perform these operations more frequently than usual.
This maintenance operation must be done with the front bucket resting on the ground, and backhoe equipment completely
extended and resting on the ground, as indicated in the graphic.
Use the prescribed grease pump/grease. See “FUEL, COOLANT, AND LUBRICANTS” on page 3-8 and “LUBRICATION
DIAGRAMS” on page 3-11.
★ As a general rule, each cylinder is provided with two grease fittings positioned on the couplings and that each pin serving
as fulcrum point for movement is provided with at least one grease fitting.
3-38 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Joint Lubrication Points

Front Loader Lubrication Locations
1 Tie rod - bucket coupling pin 2 Points
2 Bucket fulcrum pin 2 Points
3 Lever fulcrum pin 2 Points
4 Tie rod - lever coupling pin 2 Points
5 Bucket cylinder head pin 2 Points
6 Lift cylinder head pin 2 Points
7 Lift cylinder base pin 2 Points
8 Arm fulcrum pin 2 Points
9 Bucket cylinder base pin 2 Points
10 Multipurpose bucket fulcrum pin (option) 2 Points
11 Multipurpose bucket cylinder base pin (option) 2 Points
12 Multipurpose bucket cylinder head pin (option) 2 Points
WB146/146PS-5 3-39
MAINTENANCE
Backhoe Lubrication Locations
13 Stabilizer cylinder pin 2 Points
14 Stabilizer arm fulcrum pin 2 Points
15 Boom swing cylinder base pin 4 Points
16 Boom swing fulcrum pin 2 Points
17 Stabilizer foot fulcrum pin 2 Points
18 Stabilizer ram pin 2 Points
19 Boom fulcrum pin 2 Points
20 Boom swing cylinder head pin 2 Points
21 Lift cylinder head pin 1 Points
22 Arm cylinder base pin 1 Points
23 Lift cylinder base pin 1 Points
24 Arm cylinder head pin 1 Points
25 Arm fulcrum pin 1 Points
26 Bucket cylinder base pin 1 Points
27 Bucket cylinder head pin 1 Points
28 Tie rod - lever coupling pin 2 Points
29 Tie rod - bucket coupling pin 2 Points
30 Lever fulcrum pin 1 Points
31 Bucket fulcrum pin 1 Points
32 Telescopic arm cylinder base pin (optional) 1 Points
33 Telescopic arm cylinder head pin (optional) 1 Points
3-40 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE

Perform the following operations together with those to be every 10
HOURS.
Checking Radiator Fluid Level
• Perform this check with the machine parked on level ground and
the loader arm raised with the safety lock engaged.
• Do not remove the radiator cap when the fluid is hot. The fluid
may spray out of the radiator and cause burns.
• Loosen the cap slowly to release the pressure before removing
it.
• The radiator cap can be reached after opening the engine hood.
• Remove the cap (1) and make sure that the fluid is very near the
filling hole.
★ If the level of fluid in the radiator is low and the expansion tank is
filled with coolant, check the cap tightness and make sure that
there are no air leaks from the coupling that connects the radiator
and expansion tank. If the problem persists, contact your Komatsu
distributor.
WB146/146PS-5 3-41
MAINTENANCE
Checking Brake System Oil Level

• This operation must be carried out when the warning light (1) on
the front instrument panel comes on.
• The brake fluid reservoir (2) can be reached after removing the
front guard (3).
• This is a visual check and, if necessary, the reservoir must be ser-

viced with the prescribed fluid until reaching the MAX mark.
★ Use new oil only.
★ If constant and considerable leaks are observed, it is advisable to
contact a Komatsu distributor to have the system checked and the
necessary repairs carried out.
3-42 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Lubricating Drive Shafts

• Lubrication must be done after carefully cleaning the grease fit-
tings, by attaching the grease pump and using the prescribed
grease.
• Once lubrication has been completed, make sure that all the points
have been lubricated. Remove the contaminated grease that may
have spread out of the joints.
WB146/146PS-5 3-43
MAINTENANCE
Lubricating Front Axle Joints

• Lubrication points (1) of the wheel joints are indicated in the
photo. The points are located in symmetrical positions, while the
central joint is lubricated by means of a grease fitting (2) posi-
tioned on the frame.
• Lubrication must be done after carefully cleaning the grease fit-
tings, by attaching the grease pump and using the prescribed
grease.
• Once lubrication has been done, remove the contaminated grease
that may have spread out of the joints and central coupling.
Checking Tire Pressure
• Inflate the tires only after positioning them in a protection cage.

• To inflate the tire, stand beside the external belt.
• Do not exceed the prescribed tire pressures.
Standard Front Tire

Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 x 17.5
Standard Rear Tire

Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19.5L x 24
• This check is indispensable to preserve the tires, keep them effi-

cient over time and make them last longer.
• While checking the tire pressure, check conditions of the tread and
sidewalls.
★ Tire pressure may vary based on tire, ballast, and road conditions.
Refer to the markings on the tire’s sidewall for pressures suitable
for your tire.
Checking Electrical System
• It the fuses are corroded, oxidized or not fitted properly, replace them with fuses having the same capacity. Before
changing a fuse, make sure that the ignition key is in the “OFF” position.
• If there are signs of short circuits on the cables, find the causes and repair them; always contact your Komatsu dis-
tributor for troubleshooting.
Make sure that there are no disconnected cables or signs of short circuits in the electrical system. Check that all the cables are
securely tightened to their respective terminals. Tighten any loose cables. Check the following:
• Battery
• Starter
• Alternator
3-44 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE

Perform the following operations together with those to be done every
10 and 50 HOURS.
Checking Serpentine Belt
• Carry out this checking and maintenance operation when the
engine is cold.
• The belt (4) can be reached after opening the engine hood.
• This check is visual, must be carried out with cold engine, and
consists of inspecting the belt for cuts, frays and cracks. If you find
any of these defects, have the belt changed by a Komatsu distribu-
tor.
Checking A/C Compressor Belt Tension

★ Only for machines with an air conditioner
• The compressor belt can be reached after opening the engine hood.
• The check is manual and consists of exerting pressure on the belt
(1) at the center of the section between the compressor (2) and the
pulley (3).
• If the pressure exerted is approximately 10 kg, the resulting deflec-
tion must be approximately 5 - 6 mm. When the belt is new, the
resulting deflection must be approximately 4 mm.
• If the belt is worn or its condition is questionable, change it and
check the tension again after a few hours of operation.
WB146/146PS-5 3-45
MAINTENANCE
Cleaning Outside of Radiator
• Compressed air, steam or water directed at a person may cause

injuries.
• Always wear safety goggles and safety shoes.
To clean the outside of the radiator, it is first necessary to loosen the

screws (2) and remove the guard (1) from the front of the engine hood.
Use a 17 mm hex wrench.
• The cleaning must be carried out using a compressed air jet and, if
necessary, with a low pressure water or steam washing cycle. The
specific detergents available on the market can certainly be used,
provided that the instructions given on the package are followed
and that the washed parts are carefully dried. After washing, put
back the front guard (1).
• The condenser (3), must be cleaned at the same time as the radia-
tor.
• The condenser (3), must be cleaned with a jet of compressed air
and, if necessary, with a low-pressure water or steam washing
cycle. The specific products available on the market can certainly
be used, provided that the instructions given on the package are
followed and that the washed parts are carefully dried.
★ Do not use products containing even a small quantity of oily sub-
stances, since these facilitate the adhesion of dust, which affects
the heat exchange adversely.
★ Clean the outside of the radiator whenever the radiator is dirty with
oil, diesel oil and greasy or oily substances.
3-46 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Checking Battery Electrolyte
• Check the level with the machine parked on flat ground.

• Check the level only after stopping the engine and if necessary
add distilled water only before starting work.
• Always wear safety goggles and waterproof gloves.
• To prevent gas explosions, do not use exposed flames.
• Do not smoke.
• Avoid producing sparks due to short circuits.
• The battery electrolyte is dangerous. If it comes in contact with
your eyes or skin, rinse with plenty of water and consult a doctor
without delay.
• The battery (1) can be reached after removing the cover (5), and
the fastening screws (3). Use a 17 mm hexagon wrench.
• The electrolyte level in each cell must be about 6 mm (0.24 in)
above the plate edge; if necessary, add distilled water only.
• To reach the filling holes of the cells, first remove guard (4). If, on
the contrary, the level is low because some fluid has been spilled,
add sulfuric acid, after having diluted it until reaching the concen-
tration suitable for the ambient temperature.
★ See “Checking Battery Electrolyte” on page 3-47.
• After checking the battery electrolyte, reinstall guard (4) and cover
(5) with fastening screws (3).
★ It is advisable to add distilled water before starting work, in order
to prevent freezing.
★ Before reinstalling the cell plugs, make sure that the breather holes
are not clogged.
★ Make sure that the connection terminals are not oxidized; if neces-
sary, clean them and cover them with anti-oxidation grease.
WB146/146PS-5 3-47
MAINTENANCE
Checking Front Axle Oil Levels

Differential
• This visual check is used to verify if the lubricant reaches hole (1).
If necessary, top off using the prescribed oil.
• Level hole (1) must also be used as the filler hole. Use a 17 mm
wrench.
Planetary
• Conduct this check with each reduction gear positioned with the
plug on the horizontal axis.
• If necessary, move the machine slightly until the specific position
for a precise check is reached.
• This visual check serves to verify if the lubricant reaches hole (2).
If this does not occur, add the prescribed oil.
• Use a 17 mm wrench.
Checking Rear Axle Oil Levels

Differential
• This check is used to verify if the lubricant reaches hole (1). If nec-
essary, top off using the prescribed oil.
• Level hole (1) must be used also as filler hole. Use a ½ inch square
wrench.
3-48 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Transmission Oil Level
• The level must be checked with the engine running and the trans-
mission oil at operating temperature. Be very careful in order to
avoid burns.
• If it is necessary to add oil, stop the engine before opening the
engine hood. Set the parking brake to “ON” in order to prevent
possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Never rely
on the directional control lever alone to keep the machine from
moving; it can unexpectedly roll or move under power, resulting
in death or serious injury.
• Dipstick (1) can be reached through the opening on the right side
of the engine hood, which is protected by inspection cover.
• The level must be checked with the engine running at 800 - 1000
rpm and with the transmission oil at operating temperature.
• The oil must always reach the maximum level mark, or very near
it.
• To add oil, use the dipstick (1) filler tube and the prescribed oil.
• After checking the oil level, close inspection cover and lock it.
Checking Wheel Lug Nut Torque

• This check is used to verify that driving torque of the wheel lug
nuts on the hubs are correct.
• The driving torque must be checked by means of a torque wrench
(1) set according to the values indicated in the paragraph.
★ See “TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS” on page 3-14.
• Use a 27 mm wrench for the front wheels and a 32 mm wrench for
the rear wheels.
★ Do not increase the specified driving torque; keep it within the pre-
scribed ranges.
★ When the driving torque must be checked, do not lubricate the
thread.
WB146/146PS-5 3-49
MAINTENANCE

Perform these operations together with those every 10, 50 and 250 HOURS.
Changing Engine Oil
• Change the oil with the machine parked on level ground and the
loader arm raised, with the safety lock engaged.
• After the machine has been operated, the engine oil is very hot
and may cause burns; let the engine cool down until it reaches a
temperature of 40-45°C (104-113°F) before draining the oil.
• Oil that spills during the change makes the ground slippery. Use
anti-slip shoes and immediately remove any trace of oil from the
floor.
• Oils, filters, coolant, and the battery are considered special waste
and must be collected and disposed of according to anti-
pollution regulations in force.
When changing engine oil, also change the filter.

★ See “Changing Engine Oil Filter” on page 3-51.
Required: Container to hold the drained oil.

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9l (2.4 gal)
1. Open the engine hood.

2. Remove the oil pan drain plug (1). Collect used oil in a container.
Use a 19 mm wrench.
3. While the oil flows out, remove filler cap (2), so that oil can flow
freely.
4. Change the engine oil filter.
5. Tighten engine oil pan drain plug (1) and add the exact quantity of
new oil, using dipstick (3) to make sure that the oil reaches the
MAX level.
6. Reinstall filler cap (2). Start the engine and let it run for five min-
utes, and then shut it down. Check the oil level again and add oil, if
necessary.
7. Close the engine hood.
★ Use oil suitable for the ambient temperature.
3-50 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Changing Engine Oil Filter
• Immediately following machine operation, engine oil is very hot and may cause burns. Let the engine cool down until
it reaches a temperature of 40-45°C (104-113°F) before draining the oil.
• Oil that spills during changes makes the ground slippery. Use anti-slip shoes and immediately remove any trace of
oil from the floor.
• Replace the oil filter every time the oil is changed.

1. Unscrew and remove the old filter (1), using the special wrench
that is provided.
2. Clean the contact surface between the gasket and the filter support
(2).
3. Fill the new filter with engine oil, lubricate the gasket, and care-
fully screw it on.
4. Give another half turn by hand.
5. Start the engine. Make sure that there are no leaks and that the oil
pressure warning light goes out.
★ Do not use the wrench to further tighten the filter. The filter may
be damaged and cause an oil leak.
WB146/146PS-5 3-51
MAINTENANCE
Changing Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter

On machines using containing Hydraulic Environmental Ester Syn-
thetic (HEES) oil, the hydraulic tank oil filter must be changed after the
first 500 hours of operation and successively every 2000 hours, and in
any case at least once a year.
Required: Container to hold the drained hydraulic oil.

Hydraulic Tank Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 l (10.8 gal)
• After stopping the engine, with the machine in the correct position
for the performance of maintenance operations, eliminate the
residual pressure from the equipment (by moving the controls
more than once) and from the tank (by slowly loosening the filler
cap).
• Let the oil cool down until it reaches 40-45°C (104-113°F) before
carrying out this maintenance operation.
• If any oil spilled, wipe it up immediately in order to prevent the
surface from getting slippery.
• Oils, filters, the coolant and the battery are considered special
waste and must be collected and disposed of according to the regu-
lations in force.
1. Open the engine hood and slowly loosen the filler cap (1) to
release any residual pressure from the tank, then remove it.
★ See “SAFETY LOCK USAGE” on page 2-67.
2. Place the container under the plug (3) positioned on the hydraulic
pump intake flange and remove it. Let the oil flow out. Use a 27
mm wrench.
3. Loosen the clamps and disconnect the intake coupling (4).
3-52 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
4. Loosen and remove the screws (5) and remove the flange (6), com-
plete with gasket (7) and filter (8).
5. Clean the strainer (8) using light solvents (kerosene, diesel oil,
etc.); dry the strainer with low-pressure compressed air (maximum
43.5 psi).
• Carefully check the filtering element grid and if it is not in
perfect condition, change it.
6. Position the gasket (7) and put back the flange (6) complete with
filter (8).
7. Connect the intake coupling (4) and secure it with the clamps.
8. Change the drain filter.
9. Put back the drain plug (3) and fill the oil tank with the prescribed
oil until it reaches the correct level.
10. Raise the front mat and remove the cover (9). Use a 13 mm
wrench.
11. Loosen the bleeder plug (10), positioned on the hydraulic pump,
until no air bubbles can be observed in the oil that flows out (use a
19 mm hex wrench). Tighten the bleeder plug (10) and put back
the cover (9).
WB146/146PS-5 3-53
MAINTENANCE
12. Put back the filler cap (1), start the engine and operate the machine
making each piston move several times in order to bleed the sys-
tem. Stop the machine in the maintenance position, check the oil
level again and service if necessary. Always use oil of the pre-
scribed type.
★ Do not start the engine when the tank is empty, since this would
certainly damage the pump.
★ In machines equipped with a demolition hammer, hydraulic oil
deteriorates more rapidly than in machines used for simple digging
operations.
★ Perform the oil change according to the indications given in the
table to the right.
3-54 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Changing Fuel Filter
• Replace the filter element once the engine has cooled down to 40-45°C (104-113°F).
• During this procedure, fuel may spill; clean spills immediately to prevent any slipping or fire.
After opening the engine hood, locate the fuel filter and fuel lift pump
on the left side of the engine.
Fuel Filter
1. Clean external surfaces of the engine and attached components
near the fuel filter to prevent dirt and contamination from entering
the fuel circuit.
2. Unscrew the old filter (1).
3. Wipe the inside of the fuel filter head (5).
4. Fill the filter with clean diesel fuel, then lubricate the gasket on the
new filter (1) with clean lubricating engine oil. This minimizes air
in fuel lines and reduces time needed to bleed the circuit.
5. Install the new filter onto the head until the gasket contacts the fil-
ter head surface. Tighten the fuel filter an additional 1/2 to 3/4 of a
turn, or follow instructions provided with the new fuel filter.
6. Bleed the fuel supply circuit.
Bleeding The Circuit

1. Loosen the fuel delivery line (3) entering the filter head.
2. Pump the lever on the right side of the fuel lift pump until a steady
flow of fuel without air bubbles comes out of the loosened fuel
line.
3. Tighten the fuel delivery line (3) then loosen the fuel supply line
(4) on the opposite side of the filter head.
4. Again, pump the lever on the fuel lift pump until a steady flow of
fuel without bubbles comes out of the loosened fuel line.
5. Tighten the fuel supply line (4).
6. Clean any fuel spills, then start the engine.
★ Do not let the starter run for more than 30 seconds. If the engine
does not start, wait at least two minutes before repeating the start-
ing procedure.
★ If the fuel tank is run dry or drained, bleed the system.
★ If the engine starts normally but later stops, runs rough, misfires,
or creates excessive smoke, check for air in the fuel lines. In addi-
tion to bleeding the fuel circuit as described above, it may be nec-
essary to bleed air from the fuel lines running from the fuel lift
pump to the injector pump to the fuel injectors. Also check that all
fuel lines and the fuel filter are secured tightly. Check for possible
leaks around the siphon tubes on the fuel tank.
WB146/146PS-5 3-55
MAINTENANCE
Draining Fuel Tank
• When draining the fuel tank, avoid spilling fuel, since this may
cause fires.
• If some fuel is accidentally spilled, clean the dirty area immedi-
ately to prevent slipping and fires.
Required: Container to hold the drained fuel.

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41l (10.8 gal)
• This operation is used to remove impurities and condensation from

the tank.
• Remove lower plug (1) and wait until clean fuel flows out. Use a
17 mm wrench.
★ The tank must be drained before starting the engine, with tempera-
tures exceeding 0°C (32°F); when the temperature is below 0°C
(32°F), the tank must be drained at the end of work or with the
machine at operating temperature, to prevent condensation from
freezing. Any condensation and impurities that may have accumu-
lated inside the tank must be eliminated before refueling.
Draining Hydraulic Oil Tank

★ Only for machines using Hydraulic Environmental Ester Synthetic
(HEES) oil.
• Stop the engine and place the machine in the correct position to
perform maintenance operations. Eliminate residual pressure
from the equipment (by moving the controls more than once) and
from the tank (by slowly loosening the filling cap).
performing any maintenance.
• Immediately clean any oil spills and wipe excess oil from area.

Hydraulic Tank Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41l (10.8 gal)
This operation is used to get rid of condensation accumulated on the

tank bottom to flow out of the tank itself.
1. Loosen filler cap (1) to release residual pressure from the tank.
2. Remove drain plug (2) and let condensation flown out of the tank
completely, using a 27 mm wrench.
3. Reinstall filler cap (1).
★ Draining the tank must be done at temperatures exceeding
0°C (32°F), before starting the engine. When the temperature is
below 0°C (32°F), the hydraulic oil tank must be drained at the end
of work, or when the temperature of the machine is sufficiently
high, to prevent condensation from freezing.
3-56 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE

Perform these operations together with those initiated every 10, 50,
250, and 500 HOURS.
Changing Front Axle Oil
Oils, filters, coolant, and the battery are considered special waste
and must be collected and disposed of according to all antipollu-
tion regulations in force.

Front Axle Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5 l (2.0 gal)
Perform this operation with the machine positioned on level ground

and at operating temperature, so that the oil is fluid and can be easily
drained, which facilitates the elimination of any suspended solid parti-
cles.
Differential
1. Place the container under the drain plug. Remove drain plug (2)
and let the oil flow out completely. While the oil flows out, remove
plug (1). Use a 17 mm wrench.
2. Once the oil has been drained, reinstall plug (2) and pour oil of the
appropriate type through hole (1), until the level corresponding to
the lower edge of the hole itself is reached.
3. Reinstall plug (1).
Planetary
1. Move the machine until plug (3) is in a low position on the vertical
axis.
2. Place the container under the drain plug (3). Remove plug (3)
using a 17 mm wrench and let the oil flow out.
3. Once the oil has been drained, move the machine until plug (3),
which serves also as a level indicator, is positioned on the horizon-
tal axis.
4. Pour oil of the appropriate type through the hole until the lower
edge of the hole itself is reached.
★ Move the machine both forward and backward. Stop it to check the
oil level again.
★ Always use oil of the appropriate type.
WB146/146PS-5 3-57
MAINTENANCE
Changing the Rear Axle Oil
Oils, filters, coolant, and the battery are considered special waste
Required: Container of to hold the drained oil.

Rear Axle Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 l (3.8 gal)
Perform this operation with the machine positioned on level ground

and at operating temperature, so that the oil is fluid and can drain eas-
ily, which facilitates elimination of any suspended solid particles.
Differential
1. Place container under drain plug (2) and remove it. Let the used oil
flow out completely. While the oil flows out, remove plug (1),
using a ½ inch square wrench.
2. Once the oil has been drained, reinstall plug (2) and pour oil of the
appropriate type through hole (1), until the level corresponding to
the lower edge of the hole itself is reached.
★ With this operation both axle shafts are filled with oil. Before
checking the level and replacing the plug, wait a few minutes
in order to permit the uniform distribution of oil.
3. Install plug (1).
Planetary
1. Move the machine until drain plug (3) is in low position on the
vertical axis.
2. Place container under plug (3) and remove it. Let the oil flow out.
Use a ½ inch square wrench.
3. After draining the oil, move the machine until plug (3), which is
also a level indicator, is positioned on the horizontal axis.
4. Pour oil of appropriate type through the hole until it reaches the
lower edge of the hole itself.
.
★ Move the machine both forward and backward and then stop it.
Check the levels again.
★ Always use oil of the appropriate type.
3-58 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
Changing Transmission Oil

• Change the oil while the machine is parked on level ground and
the loader arm is raised with the safety lock engaged.
• The transmission oil must be drained at operating temperature,
which is very high, and may cause severe burns; wear insulating
gloves, goggles and safety shoes.
• Immediately clean any spilled or excess oil from the area.
• Oils, filters, the coolant and the battery are considered special
waste and must be collected and disposed of according to the regu-
lations in force.
• On new machines, change the hydraulic transmission oil after the
first 250 hours of operation and successively every 1000 hours.
★ When changing the transmission oil, also change the filter and
strainer.

Power Shuttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2l (5.3 gal)
Power Shift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.0l (7.4 gal)
1. With the machine at operating temperature, stop the engine, open

the engine hood and extract the dipstick (1).
2. Place a container under the drain plug (1) and remove the plug. Let
the oil flow into a container with suitable capacity. Use a ½ inch
square wrench.
3. Remove the filter (3) and replace it with a new one.

4. Replace the plug (1) and add oil until reaching the MIN level on
the dipstick (2).
5. Start the engine and let it idle to fill the converter and the internal
circuits.
6. While the engine is idling, add oil until reaching the MIN level
again.
7. When the oil reaches a temperature of approximately 50°C
(122°F), add oil until reaching the MAX mark.
WB146/146PS-5 3-59
MAINTENANCE
Changing Transmission Filter
• After operating the machine, the transmission unit is very hot and
may cause burns. Let the machine cool down before changing
the filter.
• Oil that spills during filter replacement may cause the floor to
become slippery; use anti-social shoes and immediately remove
any trace of oil from the floor and transmission unit.
Change the filter every time the transmission oil is changed.
1. Raise the front mat and remove cover (1) using a 13 mm wrench.
2. Unscrew and remove filter (2) with the special wrench provided.
3. Clean the contact surface between the gasket and filter support (3).
4. Lubricate the gasket; fit it in its seat; and screw filter on thor-
oughly until it touches the gasket.
5. Give it another half turn by hand.
6. Start the engine; let it idle to let the oil warm up until it reaches
operating temperature.
7. Add oil until it reaches the MAX mark on dipstick (1).
★ See “Transmission Oil Level” on page 3-49.
★ Always top off with suitable oil. See “FUEL, COOLANT, AND
LUBRICANTS” on page 3-8.
8. Reinstall cover (1).
Checking and Adjusting Engine Valve Clearance

★ Since the check and adjustment of the engine valve clearance requires special tools, have these operations performed by
your Komatsu distributor.
3-60 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE

Perform these operations together with those to be performed every 10,
50, 250, 500, and 1000 HOURS.
Changing Hydraulic System Oil and
Cleaning Suction Filter
• For machines containing Hydraulic Environmental Ester Synthetic
(HEES) oil, replace oil after the first 500 hours of operation and
successively every 2000 hours, or at least once a year.
• After stopping the engine, with the machine positioned so that

maintenance can be performed (see illustration), release residual
pressure from the work equipment system (by operating the con-
trols more than once) and from the tank (by slowly loosening the
filler cap).
performing any maintenance.
• Immediately clean any oil spills and wipe excess oil from the
area.
Required: Container to hold drained hydraulic oil.

Hydraulic System Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97l (25.6 gal)
1. Open the engine hood and slowly loosen the filler cap (1) to
release any residual pressure from the tank, then remove it.
2. Place container under the drain plug (2) and remove plug. Let the
oil flow out, gathering it into a container with suitable capacity.
Use a 41 mm wrench.
3. Remove the plug (3) positioned on the hydraulic pump intake

flange and let the oil flow out, gathering it into a container with
suitable capacity. Use a 27 mm wrench.
4. Loosen the clamps and disconnect the intake coupling (4).
WB146/146PS-5 3-61
MAINTENANCE
5. Loosen and remove the screws (5) and remove the flange (6), com-
plete with gasket (7) and filter (8).
6. Clean the filter (8) using light solvents (kerosene, diesel oil, etc.);
dry the filter with low-pressure compressed air (maximum 43.5
psi).
7. Open the battery box door and remove cover (1).

8. Remove the hydraulic filter (2) and replace with a new filter.
9. Change the oil filter.
★ See “Changing Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter” on page 3-52.

10. Replace the drain plugs (2) and (3) and fill the oil tank with the
prescribed oil until reaching the correct level.
11. Raise the front mat and remove the cover (9). Use a 13 mm
wrench.
3-62 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
12. Loosen the bleeder plug (10), positioned on the hydraulic pump,
until no air bubbles can be observed in the oil that flows out (use a
19 mm hex wrench). Tighten the bleeder plug (10) and replace the
cover (9).
13. Put back the filler cap (1), start the engine and operate the machine
making each piston move several times in order to bleed the sys-
tem.
14. Stop the machine in maintenance position, check the oil level
again and top off if necessary. Always use oil of the prescribed
type.
★ Do not start the engine when the tank is empty tank, this will dam-
age the pump.
★ In machines equipped with a demolition hammer, hydraulic oil
deteriorates more rapidly than in machines used for simple digging
operations.
★ Perform the oil change according to the indications given in the
table.
WB146/146PS-5 3-63
MAINTENANCE
Changing Coolant
• After the machine has been operated, the coolant is very hot and
under pressure and may cause serious burns. Let the engine cool
down until it reaches approximately 40-45°C (104-113°F) before
changing the coolant.
• Slowly loosen the radiator cap, in order to release the residual
pressure.
Required: Container to hold the drained coolant.

Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14l (3.7 gal)
The following operations refer to changing permanent coolants, if the

coolant is water or water with antifreeze, which are used according to
the season, it is necessary to flush the cooling system in order to elimi-
nate any encrustation.
1. Open engine hood.
2. Loosen and remove upper radiator cap (1).
3. Place a container under the radiator drain cock (2) (see Figure A);
and open drain cock. Loosen drain valve (3) positioned on the fil-
ter carrier head. The coolant will flow out; collect it in a container
with suitable capacity. Use a 12 mm wrench.
4. Close radiator drain cock (2) (see Figure B); tighten valve (3) on
the filter carrier head, and fill the radiator with new coolant.

5. Start engine and let it idle for a few minutes. Check the coolant
level again and add coolant, if necessary. Reinstall upper radiator
cap (1).
3-64 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
6. Fill the expansion tank until the maximum level is reached, then
close the engine hood.
WB146/146PS-5 3-65
MAINTENANCE
Changing Brake System Oil
• Oil spills on the floor may cause it to become slippery; immedi-

ately clean any dirty area.
Before changing the brake system oil, it is advisable to brake a few

times in order to warm the oil up to increase the viscosity and facilitate
draining. Changing oil and bleeding the brake system must be done
with the machine positioned on level ground with the parking brake set.
1. Attach a small hose (for collection of the oil) to drain screws (1)
and loosen them, using a 13 mm wrench.
2. Remove front guard (2) and cap (3).
3. Operate the tandem brake pedals (connected to each other) until oil
in tank (3) runs out.
4. Fill tank (3) with new oil and keep pumping. Fill tank (3) more
than once, until the used oil (about 0.8 liters {1.7 US pint}) has
been
completely purged. Bleed the residual air.
★ See “Bleeding Brake System” on page 3-29.
★ For details on oil to be used see “FUEL, COOLANT, AND
LUBRICANTS” on page 3-8.
Checking the Alternator and the Starter

This procedure must be carried out by qualified personnel. Have this
operation performed by your Komatsu distributor.
Changing the Alternator Belt

This procedure must be carried out by qualified personnel. Have this
operation performed by your Komatsu distributor.
Checking the A/C Cooling Gas Quantity

★ Only for machines with an air conditioner
Specific equipment is required to check the coolant. Have this mainte-
nance operation carried out only by specialized personnel; contact your
3-66 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE WHEN USING DEMOLITION HAMMER
Hydraulic oil used in the machines provided with a demolition hammer
deteriorates more quickly than oil used in normal digging machines. It
is advisable to consult the following maintenance plan.
Changing Hydraulic Oil Filter

For new machines, change the filter after the first 100 and 150 hours of
operation. For successive changes, adhere to the schedule provided in
table.
If the machine contains Hydraulic Environmental Ester Synthetic
(HEES) oil, the filter must be changed after the first 50 hours of opera-
tion.
Changing Hydraulic Oil

Change hydraulic oil in the tank according to intervals shown on table.
On machines containing Hydraulic Environmental Ester Synthetic
(HEES) oil, change oil after the first 500 hours of operation. For suc-
cessive changes, adhere to the schedule provided on table.
WB146/146PS-5 3-67
MAINTENANCE
LONG TERM STORAGE
Before Storage
• When draining the fuel, do not smoke or have exposed flames near the machine.
• Place a container under the machine to collect the fuel and prevent it from spilling.
• If some fuel spills, clean the dirty surface immediately.
★ To protect cylinder rods when the machine is not used, position work equipment as shown. This prevents cylinder rods
from rusting.
If the machine must be stored for a long period, it is advisable to put it in a sheltered place. Take the following precautions to
keep all its components sound and efficient.
1. Clean the machine thoroughly, repainting it where necessary in order to prevent oxidation.
2. Insert supports under the axles to avoid overloading them, and to avoid any deformation of the tire sidewalls.
3. Drain and change all fluids of the hydraulic system and lubricants (axles, reduction gears, converter, and engine).
4. Change all filtering elements (air cleaner, engine oil filter, hydraulic system filters, diesel oil filter).
5. Drain the coolant and replace it with a corrosion inhibitor (permanent fluid).
6. Drain the fuel and fill the tank with at least 10 liters (2.6 US gal) of special washing and protecting fuel.
7. Let the engine run for about 10 minutes to eliminate the residual fuel from the filters, injection pump, and entire fuel sup-
ply system. This procedure prevents the injection pump and injectors from seizing. Stop the engine and refuel with diesel
fuel.
8. Remove the battery according to the battery removal instructions. See “Removal and Installation” on page 2-80. Check
the electrolyte level and make sure that the battery charge is sufficient. Store battery in a room with suitable temperature
and periodically recharge it.
9. Grease the hydraulic cylinder rods.
10. Seal the end of the exhaust pipe and fuel tank cap.
11. Move the machine controls to the neutral position and engage the mechanical safety locks of the equipment controls.
12. Hang a warning notice on the steering wheel to indicate the condition of the machine.
13. Lock the cab doors, fuel tank cap, engine hood and battery box. On canopy machines, install anti-vandalism guards.
3-68 WB146/146PS-5
MAINTENANCE
During Storage
If it is necessary to carry out a rust-prevention treatment while the machine is kept indoors, open the doors and win-
dows to increase ventilation and avoid any hazardous fumes.
Start engine and move the machine a short distance once a month, so a new oil film covers all moving parts and surfaces of
components. Also, charge the battery if necessary.
After Storage
★ If the machine is stored without carrying out the monthly rust-prevention treatment, have maintenance performed by your
When using the machine after a long period of inactivity, do the following steps.
1. Remove seals from the exhaust pipe and fuel tank.

2. Check all fluid levels (engine oil, coolant, fuel, hydraulic system oil).
3. Make sure that the battery charge is sufficient; install the battery; then turn on the battery disconnect switch.
4. Disconnect the engine stop solenoid.
5. Turn the ignition key directly to the start position and keep it there until the engine oil pressure warning light goes out.
This operation starts the circulation of lubricating oil and carries out a first lubrication cycle.
6. Reconnect the stop solenoid valve and start the engine. Let the engine run at accelerated speed (approximately 1200 rpm)
for about 15 minutes.
7. While the engine is warming up, check the tire pressure and remove the protection grease from the hydraulic cylinder
rods.
8. Before moving the machine, make sure that the instruments, lights, direction indicators, and brake stoplight work prop-
erly.
9. Warm up the hydraulic cylinders by slowly moving all the work equipment as soon as possible.
10. Move at low speed and brake a few times in order to increase the oil viscosity and allow the braking surfaces to seat.
WB146/146PS-5 3-69
MAINTENANCE
MEMORANDUM
3-70 WB146/146PS-5
4SPECIFICATIONS
WB146/146PS-5 4-1
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
Machine Dimensions and Weights
4-2 WB146/146PS-5
SPECIFICATIONS
A Maximum height 4230 mm (13 ft 11 in M Transport length 5853 mm (19 ft 2 in)

Dumping height (SAE) 3676 mm (12 ft 1 in)
B Hinge pin height 3367 mm (11 ft 1 in) N -with retracted telescopic arm 3658 mm (12 ft 1 in)
-with extended telescopic arm 4369 mm (14 ft 4 in)
Maximum digging height 5319 mm (17 ft 5 in)
C Overall height, ROPS Cab 2935 mm (9 ft 8 in) O
Digging depth (2 ft level bottom) 4370 mm (14 ft 4 in)
D Maximum dumping height 2622 mm (8 ft 7 in) P
-with extended telescopic arm 5479 mm (18 ft)
Reach at maximum height Reach at maximum height 2828 mm (9 ft 3 in)
E 750 mm (2 ft 5 in) Q
and 45° dump angle -with extended telescopic arm 3877 mm (12 ft 9 in)
Maximum reach from swing center 5742 mm (18 ft 10 in)
F Dumping angle 45° R
Maximum digging depth 4423 mm (14 ft 6 in)
G Rollback angle 45° S
H Digging depth 138 mm (5.4 in) T Digging reach 2320 mm (7 ft 7 in)
I Bucket reach (transport) 2023 mm (6 ft 8 in) U Rear tread 1800 mm (5 ft 11 in)
J Ground clearance 430 mm (1 ft 5 in) V Front tread 1874 mm (6 ft 2 in)
K Wheel base 2175 mm (7 ft 2 in) W Overall width (with bucket) 2356 mm (7 ft 9 in)
Backhoe transport height 3676 mm (12 ft 1 in)
L Backhoe swing center distance 1175 mm (3 ft 10 in) X
-with telescopic arm 3746 mm (12 ft 4 in)
WB146/146PS-5 4-3
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Arm
Lift capacity figures (dN) comply with SAE J31.

Unit is equipped with standard equipment and 600 mm (24 inch) back hoe bucket.
4-4 WB146/146PS-5
SPECIFICATIONS
Retracted Telescopic Arm

WB146/146PS-5 4-5
SPECIFICATIONS
Extended Telescopic Arm

4-6 WB146/146PS-5
SPECIFICATIONS
MACHINE SYSTEMS SPECIFICATIONS
Engine
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Komatsu S4D102LE-2

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Water-cooled, in line 4-cycle
Aspiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Turbocharged
Number of cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Bore x stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 mm x 135 mm (4.49 in x 5.31 in)
Piston displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.5 l (275 in3)
Compression ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18:1
• Horsepower rating @ 2200 rpm (WB146-5/WB146PS-5)
Gross horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 kW (92 HP)
Net horsepower (SAE J 1349). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 kW (88 HP)
Max. torque @ 1500 rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 N●m (300 lbf ft)
Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct injection
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry-type with safety element
• Lubrication system
Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear pump, force-lubrication
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full-flow
• Cooling system
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator water cooled system
• Starting system
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Electric motor with air pre-heating system for cold climate
Electrical System
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 V
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 - 120 Ah - 12V (860 CCA)
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 - 95 A
Starter motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 kw
Service Refill Capacities

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 l (2.4 gal)
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 l (3.7 gal)
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 l (39.6 gal)
Hydraulic tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 l (10.8 gal)
Hydraulic system capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 l (25.6 gal)
Front axle oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5 l (2.0 gal)
Rear axle oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 l (3.8 gal)
Transmission oil, Power Shuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.2 l (5.3 gal)
Transmission oil, Power Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.0 l (7.4 gal)
Standard Tires
Front tire, 14 x 17.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.31±5 kg/cm2 (47.1±1 psi)

Rear tire, 19.5L x 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.88±5 kg/cm2 (26.7±1 psi)
WB146/146PS-5 4-7
SPECIFICATIONS
Transmission
• WB146-5
Shifting between 2WD and 4WD is achieved through an electro-hydraulic system. The transmission is operated through a
torque converter and a power shift reversing shuttle; the mechanical 4-speed gearbox is synchronized.
★ Measurements below calculated with 19.5Lx24 tires and engine at 2200 rpm.
FORWARD REVERSE
Gears 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
km/h 6.3 11.4 21.3 37.8 6.3 11.4 21.3 37.8
mph 3.9 7.1 13.2 23.5 3.9 7.1 13.2 23.5
• WB146PS-5
Electronically-controlled, 4-wheel drive, full powershift transmission. Twist Grip or EGMTM (Electronic Gear
Management) gear controls for changing driving direction and gears at full power without disengaging the drive.
Twist Grip Controls in manual mode.
★ Measurements below calculated with 19.5Lx24 tires and engine at 2200 rpm.
FORWARD REVERSE
Gears 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
km/h 6.5 12.0 23.0 40.0 6.35 12.0 23.0 -
mph 4.0 7.5 14.3 24.9 4.0 7.5 14.3 -
Total Mass
Maximum total mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7298 kg (16090 lb)
Standard Bucket Capacity

Bucket breakout force (ISO 6015) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5936 kg (13,087 lb)
Arm breakout force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3864 kg (8,518 lb)
Front bucket capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(SAE) 1.03 m3 (1.35 yd3)
Backhoe bucket capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (SAE) 0.20 m3 (0.24 yd3)
Loader
Standard bucket width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2356 mm (7 ft 9 in)
Standard bucket capacity (SAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.95 m3 (1.25 yd3)
Standard bucket weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 kg (1,000 lb)
Lifting capacity at maximum height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3900 kg (8,598 lb)
Lifting capacity at ground level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5000 kg (11,020 lb)
Breakout force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000 kg (13,224 lb)
4-8 WB146/146PS-5
5OPTIONS, ATTACHMENTS
WB146/146PS-5 5-1
A
AUTHORIZED OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
• Komatsu machines can be provided with optional equipment in addition to the standard equipment. If optional
equipment is installed and used, carefully read the relevant operation manual and respect the instructions given
therein.
• Use only optional or special equipment recommended and approved by Komatsu and in compliance with the
requirements indicated in the table.
• Komatsu cannot be held liable for any injury, accident or product failure resulting from the installation and use of
unauthorized equipment.
Precautions Regarding Safety

The installation of optional accessories and equipment other than those authorized by Komatsu, shortens the life of the
machine and may also cause safety problems.
It is advisable to contact a Komatsu distributor before installing any accessory that is not mentioned in this operation and
maintenance manual.
In case of failure to comply with these instructions, Komatsu declines any responsibility for accidents or damage.
• When removing or installing any equipment, take the following precautions and be careful to ensure that
operations are carried out in total safety.
• Carry out installation and removal on a firm and flat surface.

• When the operations are carried out by two or more operators, decide the communication signals in advance
and respect them during work.
• Use a crane to handle objects weighing more than 25 kg (55 lb).
• Always support any heavy part before removing it. When lifting heavy parts, be mindful of the object’s center
of gravity.
• It is dangerous to carry out any operation with suspended loads. Always position the load on a suitable sup-
port and make sure that it is stable.
• When installing or removing any equipment, make sure that it is stable and cannot fall down.
• Never stand under loads being lifted by a crane.
Choose a safe position, where you do not run any risk in case the load should fall.
• When using optional equipment be sure all non-authorized personnel are at least 12 m (40 ft) away from your
work location.
Remark
Specialized personnel are required to operate cranes. Do not allow unskilled personnel to use cranes.
For further details regarding installation and removal operations contact your Komatsu distributor.
5-2 WB146/146PS-5
Precautions Regarding the Installation of Equipment
• The installation of long work equipment reduces the stability of the machine. If it is necessary to travel up or down
a slope, proceed very carefully, since the machine may lose its balance and overturn.
• When work equipment with overall dimensions exceeding those of the standard equipment is installed, be partic-
ularly careful, since more space is necessary for the movements of the equipment and of the machine.
Optional Equipment Measurements

★ Specific weight of the material handling = 1.8 tons/cu.m
Front End Loader
Max. Max. Dimensions Max. SAE Max. Operating

Max. Flow
Weight Width Height Capacity Pressure
Equipment Rate per
kg mm mm cu. m bar.
Minute
(lb) (inch) (inch) (cu. yd.) (psi)
450 2320 940 1.1

Front bucket — —
(992) (91.4) (37) (1.44)
750 2340 1015 1.00 200 75 liters

Multipurpose bucket
(1654) (92.1) (40) (1.30) (2844) (19.8 gpm)
190 ● ● ❑
Lifting forks on bucket — —
(419) ● ● ❑
320 1800 800 ❑

Pallet forks — —
(706) (70.8) (31.5) ❑
WB146/146PS-5 5-3
Backhoe Unit
Max. Max. SAE Max. Operating

Max. Flow
Weight Capacity Pressure
Equipment Max. Dimensions Rate per
kg cu. m bar.
Minute
(lb) (cu. yd.) (psi)
200 930 — 0.305 — —

Backhoe bucket
(441) (36.6) — (0.40) — —
220 1600 — 0.250 — —

Ditch-cleaning bucket
(485) (63) — (0.33) — —
190 2100 900 0.300 — —

Trapezoidal bucket
(419) (82.6) (35.4) (0.40) — —
450 — — — 160 80
Hydraulic hammer
(992) — — — (2320) (21.2)
360 800❊ 2000▲ — 200 120

Drill
(794) (31.5)❊ (78.7)▲ — (2844) (31.7)
350 650 1800 0.200 200 120

Clamshell bucket
(772) (25.6) (70.8) (0.26) (2844) (31.7)
● - Fork length 1140 mm (44.9 inches)

❑ - Maximum capacity 2000 kg (4409 lb)
❊ - Measurement referenced to the tool diameter
▲ - Measurement referenced to the tool length
5-4 WB146/146PS-5
FRONT EQUIPMENT QUICK COUPLING DEVICES
All coupling and uncoupling operations must be performed on a flat,
firm surface. Before beginning work operations be sure the equipment
being installed is in good working order and installed correctly.
Manual Control Quick Coupling

1. Rotate the lock lever handle (1) to unlock the fulcrum pin.
2. Position the machine so the support cradle is perpendicular to the

equipment being installed.
3. Operate the bucket control lever so the fixed coupling pins (3) are
positioned under the upper seating surface (4) on the bucket (5)
4. Raise the arm (6) to engage the pins (3) in the upper seats (4) on
the bucket (5). When in place, raise the bucket slightly.
5. Rotate the lock lever handle (1) to lock the fulcrum pin and hook
up the safety restraint (7).
6. Lube all fittings after installation.
WB146/146PS-5 5-5
MULTIPURPOSE BUCKET (4-IN-1)
Attache the multipurpose bucket to the front end loader in the same
manner as a general purpose bucket or coupler. With the bucket low-
ered to the ground, proceed in the following manner.
1. Turn off the engine. Operate the controls to relieve presure in the
system.
2. Connect couplings (8) and (9) to the auxiliary hydraulic lines on

the loader arms.
Always wear a face shield and gloves to protect your face and
hands from hydraulic oil or metal chips.
3. Once the couplings are installed, start the engine and operate the
control lever (7).
4. Open and close buttons (6) and (5).
5. Turn the engine off and check for any leaks.
★ See “OPERATING THE FRONT END LOADER AND BACK-

HOE” on page 2-45.
• The bucket is opened and closed using two hydraulic cylinders (1).
5-6 WB146/146PS-5
Bucket Operation
The multipurpose bucket can be used for several applications and elim-
inates the need for specific equipment. This bucket offers the option of
a load-and-scoop bucket as well as a dozer blade for grading and trench
filling purposes. A set of optional lifting forks can be installed for
material handling purposes.
Description
• The bucket jaws (4) can be opened to unload materials or used as a
dozer blade for filling trenches.
• The multipurpose bucket is equipped with a tooth protection cas-
ing (3).
• Press buttons (5) and (6) to control the bucket jaws.
Bucket Uses
The multipurpose bucket can be used for the following applications:
• Loading heaped material (see “Loading Heaped Material” on
page 2-53)
• Unloading on high surfaces by opening the bucket instead of roll-
ing if forward
• Grasping logs or objects
• Filling trenches and grading
The bucket is also equipped with an indicator (10) to show the position
of the upper part of the bucket.
WB146/146PS-5 5-7
Pallet Forks
Remark
• For the characteristics, see table “Optional Equipment Measurements” on page 5-3.
• Before lifting the load, make sure that the position of its center (G) complies with the distances indicated in the
figure below. Furthermore, the load must always be centered with respect to the forks. Non-compliance with these
rules may cause serious damage and even death.
• Before handling any load, verify the capacity of the forks. The allowed load is generally stamped on the forks.
Description
They are usually applied to the multipurpose (4-in-1) bucket. When they are not used, they must be turned towards the back of
the machine (in storage position) and secured with the safety pins provided.
The pallet forks (1) make it possible to use the machine as a normal lift truck. The controls to lift and oscillate them are the
same as used to control the standard bucket. The distance between the pallet forks can be varied to adapt them to the load to be
handled; to do this, make them slide on the coupling bar (2).
5-8 WB146/146PS-5
Safety Devices
• Two safety pins (3) are provided to keep the forks in the over-
turned position when the machine travels on roads and during
work.
• Slide the forks towards the outside of the bucket, turn them over
and insert them in the supports (5) as shown in Figure B.
Using Forks
• Before working with the forks, the operator must evaluate the
increased dimensions of the machine and learn how to use the
fork controls.
• The forks protrude beyond the bucket outline and therefore it

is necessary to be very careful when maneuvering the
machine, especially in small spaces.
• After inserting the forks in the skid or material but before lift-
ing the load, move the forks in such a way as to lift their
prongs and therefore prevent the load from slipping.
• Be careful of the grasping points when overturning the forks

for user or storage. Improper handling may injure or sever
your hands or feet.
• If possible, this operation should be carried out by two people.
• Use the lifting, oscillation and shifting controls slowly and

smoothly, in order to avoid vibrations that may cause the load
to move.
• Maintain the greatest possible distance between the prongs.
• The forks must always rest on the blade and be positioned

between two teeth, in order to prevent them from slipping lat-
erally.
WB146/146PS-5 5-9
Preparing the Pallet Forks for Use

1. Turn over the forks toward the front part of the machine.
2. Lift the bucket and operate the control lever in such a way as to
swing it forward until releasing the forks.
3. Move the forks (1) sidewards to widen or narrow the distance

between them according to the width of the load to be handled.
4. Fold the bucket and maneuver the lifting arm until the forks are in
the horizontal position.
5. Lubricate the fork rotation pins (4 in 1 bucket and pallet forks).
Rotating the Forks

1. Remove the safety pins (4) and the pins (3).
2. When not needed, the forks may be arranged in stow position.

Slide the forks toward the outside of the bucket, turn them over
and insert them in the supports (5) as shown in Figure B.
3. Replace the pins (3) and the safety pins (4).
4. Make sure that when they are rotated to stow position the forks are
firmly secured inside their respective supports (5). If any slack
should be observed between the forks and the safety pin (3), imme-
diately carry out the necessary adjustment in the following manner.
• Release the stop nut (10) and loosen the adjusting screw (11)
while taking up the slack between the fork and the safety pin
(3). Use a 22 mm hex wrench.
• After the adjustment, tighten the stop nut (10) thoroughly. If
the adjusting screw (11) is excessively worn, replace it at
once.
• The check and adjustment of the forks must be carried out on

both sides, with the forks at rest. Do not hesitate to adjust the
forks as soon as the presence of a slack is noticed. Non-com-
pliance with these instructions may lead to dangerous situa-
tions for the operator and cause serious damage to the
machine.
• Before carrying out any movement with the machine, make

sure that the safety pins (4) are correctly inserted.
5-10 WB146/146PS-5
Removing Forks
Pay the utmost attention when removing the forks, the supports and the bar, in order not to crush or possibly sever
your hands or feet.
1. Maneuver the lifting arm and swing the bucket until the forks (1) rest on the ground in horizontal position.
2. Remove the safety pins (6) and the pins (7).
3. If supports (8) must also be removed:
• Loosen and remove the screws (9) that fasten the slide bar (2).
• Hold one of the supports (8) and withdraw the slide bar (2); repeat the same operation for the other support.
Installing Forks
To install the pallet forks, repeat the procedure described for the removal in the reverse order, taking the same precautions.
Maintenance
No specific maintenance operation is required for this device except for the occasional greasing of the slide bar and of the fork
fulcrum pin.
★ See “Multipurpose Bucket and Pallet Forks” on page 3-12.
WB146/146PS-5 5-11
BACKHOE TELESCOPIC ARM

The optional telescopic arm makes it possible to perform operations
outside the normal backhoe radius, such as grading, ditch cleaning and
using optional attachments.
Description
This structure is designed with an external hollow arm (1) and an inner
arm (2) that slides on a V-shaped guide. This arm is extended or
retracted hydraulically.
Control
• Use buttons (4) and (5), located on the right joystick lever, to move
the telescopic arm.
• The movements of the main equipment remain unchanged.
★ See “Control Lever Positions” on page 2-52.
Movements of the telescopic arm are as follows:
• Retract the arm by pressing button (4); the arm stops when the but-
ton is released.
• Extend the arm by pressing button (5); the arm stops when the but-
ton is released.
Remark
• The telescopic arm controls are locked when the joystick
lock switch (11) is in “Lock” (illuminated) position.
5-12 WB146/146PS-5
Safety Devices
• The telescopic arm is equipped with a safety element (6) that locks
the sliding arm (2) when it is completely retracted and prevents
any accidental extension of the same.
• The safety element (6), held in its seat by the retainer (7), must be
inserted to prevent the extension of the arm as shown in Figure A
in the following situations:
• When it is necessary to travel on roads or cover considerable
distances
• When the backhoe is not used
• In operating conditions, the safety element (6) must be positioned

as shown in Figure B.
Using the Telescopic Arm
• Before releasing and extending the arm, make sure that the stabilizers rest on firm ground.
• If possible, work with the backhoe centered on the guides and unload the material as near the machine as possi-
ble.
• If it is necessary to work with a misaligned backhoe or with the backhoe completely shifted on the guides, operate
slowly when swinging the arm to unload the material on the misaligned side, since in these conditions the
machine may lose stability.
• Do not use the arm retracting cylinder to increase the bucket tearing force when digging.
WB146/146PS-5 5-13
Maintenance
The telescopic arm requires two maintenance operations:
• Lubrication of the joints; see “LUBRICATION DIAGRAMS” on page 3-11
• Adjustment of the slide guide (8) slack, which must be carried out occasionally, when impacts or vibrations are noticed
during work
Adjusting the Guide Slack
• When leaving the operator’s seat during the adjustment of the

guides, remove the ignition key.
• Adjust the screws and guides one by one.
• Do not place tools in the space between the safety locks and
the arm.
1. Position the machine on flat ground and lower the stabilizers.
2. Lift the boom, fold the bucket completely and extend the tele-
scopic part (7) completely.
3. Fold the arm until the slide guides (8) are perpendicular to the
ground, and in any case, positioned so that the extending part is
completely free and does not overload the guides.
4. Stop the engine.
5. Check the side on which the adjusting screws (9) of the guides
protrude more. Adjust by working on this side only.
5-14 WB146/146PS-5
If the adjusting screws (9) protrude to the same extent on the two
sides, the operation described at step 6 can be carried out either on
the right or on the left side.
6. Loosen the four lock nuts (10) and tighten the adjusting screws (9)
thoroughly, taking up the slack completely. Use a 27 mm wrench
and an 8 mm hex wrench.
7. Starting from the central positions, loosen the adjusting screws (9)
by 270° (3/4 turn) and lock them with the lock nuts (10).
8. Start the machine, extend and retract the telescopic arm more than
once to make sure that it slides correctly.
• The wear limit allowed for the rubber blocks is represented by

the minimum engagement of the adjusting screws (9) in the
lock nuts; the rubber blocks must be replaced when the heads
of the screws (9) are 5 mm back with respect to the lock nuts
(10).
• When taking up the slack, avoid excessive pressures in order

to prevent the guides from seizing.
WB146/146PS-5 5-15
DEMOLITION HAMMER PIPING

The machine can be fitted for the application of a Komatsu-compatible demolition hammer on the backhoe unit. This hammer
is used for breaking up concrete, asphalt or rocks. The geometry of the tool must be defined according to the nature of the
materials to be broken and the type of work to be carried out.
Description
• The arrangement includes the fixed connection of the hydraulic
delivery line (2) and return line (3) with the hammer (4).
Control
• In the version with servo controls, the hammer is operated via the
small pedal (5) positioned on the cab floor.
• The movements of the levers described in “Operating the Back-
hoe” on page 2-57 (version with servo controls) remain
unchanged.
• The hammer is operated by pressing the foot-operated button (5),
since in this way pressurized oil is conveyed into the circuit; when
the foot-operated button (5) is released, the oil flow is interrupted
and the hammer stops.
Remark
The demolition arm control is inhibited when the safety but-
ton is in locking position.
See “Side Instrument and Controls” on page 2-10 - 12.
This configuration includes also the fixed installation of rigid or flexi-

ble pipes, more precisely a delivery (2) and a drain (3) pipe that con-
vey/discharge the oil necessary for the operation of the hammer and
reach the proximity of the hammer connection (4).
5-16 WB146/146PS-5
Rules for Hammer Usage
When using the hammer attachment, always wear eye and hearing protection.
Never allow anyone to stand near you while using the hammer.
• Make sure that the position of the hammer is correct with respect
to the material to be broken. Be sure it is as perpendicular as possi-
ble and the arm thrust is sufficient, so that the full power of the
hammer can be achieved.
• Keep constant downward pressure on the hammer tool as it pene-

trates the material to be broken. This means raising the wheels
approximately 5cm (2 in) off the ground. Be careful not to swing
or move the machine when performing this operation.
• When working on very hard materials, it is important not to keep

hitting the same point for more than 30 seconds. Hit the same point
for a few seconds and then change position frequently, in order to
facilitate the breaking process.
Remark
feature when using this tool. Do not use the backhoe unit to
reposition or swing the machine to the left or right. Doing so
will damage the swing cylinders or possibly tip the machine
over.
WB146/146PS-5 5-17
• To facilitate the sliding of the tool on its seat, check the thrust
direction and always correct the hitting position of the hammer by
using the bucket and arm control.
Remark
Do not use the demolition hammer with the bucket cylinder
at the end of its stroke; always leave a minimum space of
5 cm (2 in).
• Always be sure that the arm is at its optimal position to avoid

harmful or useless strokes.
Always Avoid the Following Uses

• Gathering or moving materials with the demolition hammer
• Rotating the boom while using the hammer
Remark
feature when using this tool. Do not use the backhoe unit to
reposition or swing the machine to the left or right. Doing so
will damage the swing cylinders or possibly tip the machine
over.
5-18 WB146/146PS-5
• Moving the tool back and forth while breaking the material or
using the tool as a pry bar between the broken material
• Working with the hammer in a horizontal position or even with the

greater inclination of the machine
• Striking the ground with the hammer bit
• Lifting the machine with the demolition hammer
WB146/146PS-5 5-19
Installing the Hammer
• The machine must be parked on a level surface, with the front equipment resting on the ground.
• For the installation, the hammer must be positioned horizontally, with the bit directed towards the machine.
• When the coupling pins are removed or installed, chips may come off; always use gloves, goggles and helmet.
• The change of the equipment must be carried out by two operators, who must decide together the words and sig-
nals to be used during work.
• Avoid using your fingers to align the holes; they may be injured or severed.
• Before carrying out any operation on the hydraulic circuit, eliminate the residual pressure from the equipment cir-
cuits by moving the controls more than once and pressure from the tank by slowly loosening the filler cap.
• If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately to prevent a slippery surface.
For the installation of the demolition hammer, it is necessary to connect

the mechanical constraints of the backhoe bucket as described in
“Changing the Backhoe Bucket” on page 2-66 and to carry out the
hydraulic connections using the pipes provided.
After connecting the mechanical constraints, do the hydraulic connec-
tions.
1. Stop the engine and move the hydraulic controls in all directions,
in order to completely release the residual pressure present in the
machine circuits.
2. Press the hammer control pedal to release the pressure present in

the hammer delivery pipe.
3. Eliminate the residual pressure.
A. With the engine at rest, turn the ignition key to position “I.”
B. Press the PPC locking button and make sure that the LED is
off (release position).
★ See “Side Instrument and Controls” on page 2-10 - 12.

C. Shift the backhoe control levers a few times and press the
hammer control pedal.
D. Turn the ignition key to the position “O.”
5-20 WB146/146PS-5
4. Remove the plugs of the machine pipes and of the hammer flexible
pipes. Use 32, 36, 38 and 41 mm hex wrenches.
5. Connect the right pipe to the coupling (1) and the left pipe to the
coupling (2) making sure that the sizes of the pipe fittings are as
required.
When connecting the pipes, be careful to prevent any impuri-

ties from getting into them.
6. Start the machine and raise the demolition hammer, positioning it

vertically.
7. Stop the machine again and lubricate the joints. See “LUBRICA-
TION DIAGRAMS” on page 3-11. Lubricate the hammer accord-
ing to the specific operation and maintenance manual.
8. Before starting work check for any leaks.
• Wear thick gloves and safety goggles during this check.
• To check the system for leaks, use a piece of cardboard or a

wooden board.
WB146/146PS-5 5-21
Removing the Hammer

1. Stop the engine and move the hydraulic controls in all directions to completely release the residual pressure present in the
circuits of the machine.
2. Press the hammer control pedal to release the pressure present in the hammer delivery pipe.
3. Disconnect the hammer delivery and return pipes. Use 32, 36, 38 and 41 mm hex wrenches.
4. Fit the pipe sealing plugs, complete with the relevant gaskets.
• Make sure that the plugs are properly tightened and that there are no leaks. If the circuit is inadvertently
pressurized, small leaks can turn into thin jets that may perforate the skin or injure the eyes.
• Always wear thick gloves and safety goggles to carry out this check.
• To check the system for leaks, use a piece of cardboard or a wooden board.
5. Disconnect the hammer from the mechanical constraints, as described in “Changing the Backhoe Bucket” on page 2-66.
Using the Hammer

See the specific manual.
If the machine is provided with a telescopic arm, do not extend the arm when a hammer is installed.
Maintenance
The hydraulic system does not require any maintenance operation and inspection other than those prescribed for the machine
in “MAINTENANCE WHEN USING DEMOLITION HAMMER” on page 3-67.
Regarding the maintenance operations required for the hammer, see the specific operation manual.
5-22 WB146/146PS-5
HYDRAULIC JACK HAMMER

Due to the fact that the machine may be equipped with off-tractor hydraulics, a jack hammer or similar approved tool may be
used. This option eliminates the need for an independent power source when using some power tools.
Description
• The machine can be provided with the delivery (1) and return (2) couplings for the use of a manual hydraulic jack ham-
mer.
• The connection to the machine is made up of two flexible lines (3).
• The circuit is separated from the normal circuits by a solenoid valve and activated by a switch positioned on the dash-
board.
Control
• Pressing the switch once energizes the solenoid and allows the system to operate. If the switch is pressed a second time,
the system is disengaged.
• When the system is in operation the switch will be illuminated.
• For operation of the jack hammer, see the manual provided with the tool.
WB146/146PS-5 5-23
Connecting and Removing the Jack Hammer
Connection and removal of the hammer must be carried out with the machine in the parked position, parking brake set,
and all safety locks engaged.
Connecting the Jack Hammer

1. Stop the engine and neutralize all hydraulic controls to relieve any pressure on the system.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the “I” position and press the switch to release any residual pressure from the hammer.
3. Make sure the couplings are clean and free from dirt or debris. Carefully install the couplings.
4. Turn the switch off and start the engine.
5. Engage the switch and increase engine rpm to the required setting in the tool operation manual.
Disconnecting the Jack Hammer

1. Press the button to disengage the solenoid and shut the hydraulics down.
2. Stop the engine and neutralize all hydraulic controls to relieve any pressure on the system.
3. Turnthe ignition switch to the “I” position and press switch to release any residual pressure from the hammer.
4. Turn the switch off.
5. Disconnect the tool and cap all connection openings.
Using the Jack Hammer

For operation of the jack hammer, see the manual provided with the tool.
5-24 WB146/146PS-5
LOAD STABILIZER SYSTEM (LSS) (RIDE CONTROL OPTIONAL)
Never operate the load stabilizer system while using the backhoe.
The load stabilizer system (LSS) improves the performance of the machine during travel, regardless of the type of terrain and
of the bucket load. It reduces the oscillations while traveling and while carrying loads, at the same time increasing productivity
and the operator’s comfort. It also reduces to a minimum the impact forces to which the machine may be subjected. When the
load stabilizer system is in operation, the loader pressure in low position is limited to that supplied by the weight of the arm
and the bucket. The bucket weight is hydraulically cushioned when the machine is moving. To activate the load stabilizer sys-
tem (LSS), press the switch positioned on the side instrument panel (if provided).
Remark
If the machine is equipped with safety valves on the front loader, make sure that they are disconnected.
When the operation of the system is not required any longer, move the switch back to the neutral position (LED off).
Load Stabilizer System (LSS) Accumulator
• Contact your komatsu distributor if it is necessary to repair or

change the accumulator for the load stabilizer system.
• Failure to comply with this instruction may cause serious

injury and even death.
Pressurizing the Load Stabilizer System

(LSS)
1. Every time you start the machine or after pauses lasting more than 30 minutes, press the upper part of the switch (16), and
at the same time, lift the loader to the end of stroke, thus reaching the maximum pressure in the system; in this condition,
release the switch (16).
Remark
• This operation pressurizes the LSS system and ensures optimal performance.
• The release of the switch (16) and its automatic return to the neutral position interrupt the pressurization of
the system but does not connect the system.
2. To connect the system, lower the loader and press the lower part of the switch (16), which remains in this position and
comes on to confirm that the system is activated.
3. The system can be disconnected by moving the switch (16) to the neutral position (warning light off).
WB146/146PS-5 5-25
MEMORANDUM
5-26 WB146/146PS-5

Operacion y Mantenimiento Wb146-5 (Usa) SN A23001-Up

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Operacion y Mantenimiento Wb146-5 (Usa) SN A23001-Up

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

CEAM016604

Operation & Maintenance

WB146-5 A23001 and UP

July 2010 Copyright 2010 Komatsu

Safety precautions are described in SAFETY section 1.

Example of safety label using words

Example of safety label using pictogram

Breaking-in the New Machine

B. Change the differential unit oil (front and rear axle).

D. Check and adjust the engine valve clearance.

E. Change the hydraulic system oil filter.

Synthetic Biodegradable Oil Types

Machine Serial Number

Machine Identification Plate

Engine Serial Number and Emission Label

Front Axle Serial Number

Rear Axle Serial Number

Transmission Serial Number

Cab Serial Number

Canopy Serial Number

SAFETY AND WARNING DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

GENERAL VIEW OF MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

MAINTENANCE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

AUTHORIZED OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

SAFETY AND WARNING DECALS

Additional safety or warning decals may be added to your machine, if desired.

Location of Safety Decals

Items 1, 2, 5, and 6 are located on the inside of cab on RH center post.

Safety and Warning Decals

WARNING - WHEN TRAVELING ON THE ROAD, THE

2. Read labels and operator’s manual (42N-93-12248)

WARNING - Improper operation and maintenance can cause seri-

Read manual and labels before operation and maintenance. Follow

Keep manual in machine cab near operator. Contact Komatsu dis-

4. Work zone (42N-93-11380)

6. Block wheels (42N-93-12320)

7. Crush point (42N-93-11220)

8. Anchorage point (42N-93-11360)

10. Emergency exit (42N-93-11260)

11. Engine is running (37A-98-12170)

WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING:

1. DO NOT OPEN COVER.

DO NOT RISK SERIOUS INJURY.

12. Swing lock (42N-93-11310)

13. Boom lock (42N-93-11320)

Before conducting ANY maintenance activi-

Do not risk serious injury or death.

15. Do not weld ROPS (42N-93-12310)

DO NOT WELD ONTO ROPS STRUCTURE. If any damage is

16. Operation warning (42N-93-12270)

Before standing up from operator’s seat, perform the following

Line Voltage Safe Distance

18. Block wheels (42N-93-12320)

Do not risk serious injury or death.

ALWAYS USE SEAT BELT.

20. Before moving machine (42N-93-12290)

Do not risk serious injury or death.

21. Crush hazard; keep clear (42N-93-12110)

Failure to follow instructions can cause injury.

23. Swing damage (42N-93-12490)

24. Coupler - Warning Operation (ME030-0-0230)

★ Not illustrated in location drawings.

25. Coupler - Warning Interference (ME030-0-0221)